The sole purpose of this book is to offer readers the oppor-tunity to improve their sex lives and increase their excitementthrough the use of hypnotic techniques. Working under the premisethat variety is the spice of life, it is hoped that this addi-tional avenue will provide all of the variety you will ever need.Additionally, improved relaxation lends itself to increased selfawareness. You can learn techniques that will increase yourcapacity to become relaxed. Apprehension often causes sexual mal-functions such as impotence or frigidity. Acquired relaxationtechniques reduce and often eliminate the problem.
Each of us have different ideas about sexuality and sen-suality. Different things turn on different people. The questionof normalcy surfaces when we consider that our respective life-styles may vary from those of our neighbors. What is normal insex? Perhaps the question might be, what is right or wrong insex? I strongly believe that the answer to what is right or wrongwill differ from one person to another. There should be one rule.That which hurts no one is, in fact, right if it turns us on andimproves our sex life.
How does hypnosis enter the picture? In a word, the answeris the "mind;" that wonderful entity that can make the most of anotherwise physical response. It has been suggested that the mostvital sex organ in the body is the mind. Why hypnosis? Theanswer, in part, may be safety, but surely it is excitement.
Our world is vastly different than it used to be. Alterna-tive lifestyles have been adopted throughout history that incor-porate such things as partner exchanges, prostitution, massageparlors, masturbation, voyeurism, cross-dressing, the singles barscene and the like.
Many of these very exciting things have become increasinglydangerous and never wholly accepted by society. With disease atan all time high and crime growing by leaps and bounds, we havereason for concern. Many times we find that the realization ofour fantasies is much less exciting than we originally an-ticipated. Oftentimes we realize that the fantasy was much betterthan reality. It may have too high a price tag as well. Some dis-eases that exist today are deadly. There is no second chance.
The "seedy" world, that contains much of the excitement weseek, often provides an atmosphere conducive to crime. An exampleof this is being robbed by a prostitute or pimp. Yet other con-cerns present themselves in that some exciting things are not so-cially acceptable. Voyeurism can land us in jail. Being seenwalking out of an adult book store or movie can be embarrassing.
These and numerous other fears restrict our approach to in-creased excitement. However, if we had the ability to create anysituation we want, there is no end to our excitement and sexualgrowth. It is not just imagination. It is indeed very real. Hyp-nosis offers us this ability.
What can be done with hypnosis? The answer is virtually any-thing and everything. Our sexual partner can become someone else.He or she can look different, sound different, smell different,taste different and feel different. It is the variety that ex-cites us so much. The variety is endless. Have you ever made loveon a secluded beach, under a hot sun, with blue sky, waves slap-ping against a shore of soft white sand? You can.
How would you like to watch your spouse have sex with twoother people? Would some of you readers enjoy watching yourspouse and your best friend performing oral sex on one another?Your best friend wouldn't even have to know. Group sex is a snapthrough hypnosis. There can be an endless number of new people inyour life. All of them would be absolutely safe and disease-free.Each of them would be exciting and know your most erotic desires.Any of them could turn you on like you have never been turned onbefore.
Some men can have difficulty with premature ejaculation orperceived impotence. There has always been concern by, for andabout the frigid woman. If these problems are inventions of themind, they can be corrected. Many women claim that they havenever had a legitimate orgasm. Most women can learn to have won-derful orgasms using hypnotic techniques. I have seen many situa-tions where a person can lengthen the actual orgasm by as much asfour to five times. Their climax just seems to go on and on. Themind controls most of these functions. If you can learn to con-trol your own mind, or control it with the help of another, thepossibilities are endless.
What I hope to demonstrate by the stories in this book aresome of the wonderful things that have, in fact, occurred. Theywill also give the reader food for thought. Additionally, theyshould serve the purpose of so many stories of a similar nature.They may turn you on. I hope so.
All of the specific techniques of hypnosis can not be ad-dressed in this book. Some patterns of self hypnosis are in-cluded. There are many manuals, abstracts and text books avail-able on the subject at your public library or at your localbookstore. It is also becoming common to seek the assistance of aprofessional clinical hypnotist to teach you and/or your partnerself hypnosis.
After you have achieved the ability to do so, your task maybe to improve your hypnotic abilities. There is no end to whatcan be accomplished. Once you have had the occasion to read thismaterial, you may become interested enough in the benefits ofhypnosis to acquire the skills necessary to make hypnosis a partof your life and that of your partner.
Each reader is WARNED that the unlawful use of hypnosis cansubject the user to criminal and civil penalties. Use it wiselyand with the permission of your partner. You will find nothingthat will give you as much pleasure and satisfaction. You willfind no other avenue that is as safe or exciting in this ever-changing world as Hypnosex.
Techniques for self hypnosis have been included. These willprovide a better understanding of hypnosis and a foundation onwhich you may build. You will find these in the appendix. The keyto mastering these techniques is practice. You will get as muchout of it as you put into it.
CHAPTER ONE - MIND SEX
Jim wondered whether he was unusual in terms of his sexualfantasies. He had married his childhood sweetheart when they wereboth relatively young. He and Peggy had started going togetherwhen he was seventeen and she fifteen. They were married attwenty-one and nineteen respectively. After about a year's mar-riage, Jim began his fantasies about Peggy making love to anotherman. He never really analyzed why this idea excited him. All heknew was that his cock became eight inches of rock hard sex when-ever he thought of it.
He wondered how he might be able to broach the topic withPeggy without offending her. Their regular sex life was ratherexciting. They fucked often and with a fervor. She was a fox. Herheight was about 5'3" and she weighed about 120 pounds. She hadgreat tits that filled a 34 C bra without trouble. With a rathersmall waste, she sported the lovely undulating pair of buttocksthat rippled so nicely when she walked. Needless to say, Jim'smind worked overtime when it came to his libido.
Jim tried some of the traditional approaches like attendingX-Rated movies and playing touch and go with some of theirfriends. She never found any of his friends exciting enough torespond or say anything that would suggest she wanted to fuck anyof them. Then one day she returned home after working the after-noon shift at a local assembly plant. She indicated that Ray, aguy that worked on her line, was teasing her about her jeansbeing too tight. She asked Jim if he thought that Ray was right.Jim indicated that Ray probably was just admiring her and waslikely hitting on her. Much to Jim's surprise she showed a bigsmile and said that if that were the case, that would be nice.
Jim questioned her as to whether that excited her. Sheresponded that she was married and didn't allow herself to thinkabout it. He assured her that it wouldn't bother him if she gotexcited about another man being interested in her. She seemedsurprised and wondered aloud if that wouldn't make Jim jealous.Jim reassured her that he would be a little jealous, but told herthat it excited him to hear that other men found her sexually ap-pealing. That pretty much started their dialog about threesomesand open marriages.
Jim had a few short-termed affairs in the first severalyears of marriage, but he was never able to convince Peggy thatshe should feel free to try some strange cock. Peggy had thechance to interact with Ray on several occasions at work. It allseemed relatively innocent but exciting. He would make the oppor-tunity to spend more time in her area. Now and then he wouldbrush up against her ample breasts or "accidentally" bump intoher and make sure that his thick young cock pressed against herhot ass. At first she thought that these were just coincidentalmovements. As time went on, she noticed that his "accidents" wereaccompanied by delays. He would time his efforts so he couldtouch Peggy's heavy breasts in passing or linger when his peniswas in close proximity to her tight fanny. He would frequentlymake sexual references about her nipples showing through herclothes or the tightness of her clothing. It was becoming moreand more exciting. Peggy began to want Ray. She wanted to see thedifference between his cock and Jims. She wanted to feel his lipson her swollen nipples; his strong hands on her naked buttocks.
One day, while Peggy was at work, she decided to meet Rayafter work and see what developed. He had asked her several timesto stop and have a drink with him, but she always made up someexcuse not to meet him. When she had mentioned to Jim that shewould like to stop with him after work, Jim casually responded bysaying that it would be fine with him. He didn't want to show toomuch excitement for fear of scarring Peggy off.
Jim's cock was harder than nineteen dollars worth of jawbreakers the entire evening. His mind wandered and he was surethat Peggy would come home and tell him this wonderful storyabout Ray fucking her brains out. He envisioned Ray undressingher; lifting her heavy breasts and pouting nipples to his mouth;squeezing her taunt buttocks as he drove his huge cock into herhoney pot. Both she and Jim were disappointed when Ray did meetwith her after work, and he was so high on some drug that she be-came frightened and left. She decided never to see Ray again.
On another occasion, Peggy announced to Jim that Marty, anold high school friend of theirs, would be in town the followingweek. Marty was a close friend of her brother and had spent quitea bit of time at her home when she was a school girl. As the con-versation developed, Peggy shared with Jim that she had alwayshad a crush on Marty. He was an extremely good looking man, verysophisticated and always treated Peggy very affectionately. Jimonce again got his hopes up. He wanted Peggy to experience morein life. He suggested that when Marty came into town she shouldconsider going out with Marty and her brother for old time'ssake. He didn't want to go himself because he always seemed tointimidate most people that he went to school with because of hismuscular appearance. He decided that he would have a convenientexcuse when the time came.
The time did come and Peggy had accepted an invitation to goout with her brother and Marty to a local dance lounge. Jimhadn't seen her primp like this in a long time. She entered theliving room to ask for his comments or approval. Jim was pleasedby what he saw. She wore a lovely white sweater which accentuatedher beautiful breasts and a pair of yellow slacks that framed hersmooth, undulating buttocks. Jim indicated that he had a greatdeal of work to catch up on for a meeting on Monday. Soon a hornsounded in the driveway. It was Peggy's brother Tim. Peggy gaveJim a kiss and hurried to the waiting car.
Fantasies of the potential experiences permeated Jim'sthoughts. If Peggy and Marty could only have a little time alone,he was sure that she would be able to break fear's icy grip andexperience something new. Jim could feel his cock develop girthand length as his thoughts drove wildly to the moments he wishedfor Peggy. He would have to wait to see the expression on Peggy'sface when she returned. This would tell him if anything wonderfulhappened.
Jim waited as long as he could and fell asleep in a chair ashe read. He had difficulty comprehending much of what was occur-ring in his novel because his thoughts continued to return toPeggy and Marty. Awakened by the sound of the door opening, Jimstirred in his chair. He could hear Peggy kicking off her shoesand fumbling around in the dining room. Soon she entered theliving room and was surprised to see Jim awake. She apologizedfor being so late. Jim noticed that her clothing was a bitdisheveled. Her sweater was slightly twisted and one leg of herslacks appeared to have an extra crease or two. A distortedlittle smile came over Peggy's face as she noticed Jim checkingher out. "Yes, I had a good time honey," she stated with a littlechuckle.
"Well, how good?" Jim inquired as he tried to wipe the sleepout of his eyes. Peggy chuckled again as she pulled her sweateroff on her way to the bedroom. Jim extracted himself from hischair and followed Peggy waiting for additional information. "Doyou want a glass of wine honey?" Jim asked as he turned out theliving room lights.
"If you'll have one with me. I'm going to jump into theshower. I'll be right out," Peggy seemed to be avoiding Jim'seyes. Jim poured two glasses of white wine and headed for thebedroom. He could hear the shower water running and approachedthe bathroom. The door was partially open, and in the large mir-ror he could see Peggy through the frosted glass panel. Her handswere roaming her lovely body. He couldn't help but to watch herhands traveling from her bounteous breasts, down her stomach toher delta of pubic hair. He felt his cock begin to stir onceagain. Jim returned to the bedroom and placed Peggy's wine on thenight stand. Removing his clothing, he reached for his pajamasand put on the bottoms. He lit a cigarette, took a long drag andsipped his wine before reclining on the fresh sheets.
Peggy soon appeared in the doorway wiping the remainingdroplets of water from her soft, pink skin. After a lot of smalltalk about where they went and what they did, Peggy could seethat Jim was fishing for details. He was anxious to hear if Peggywas able to broaden her horizons. "Did you have a chance to spendany time with Marty alone?" Jim finally asked.
"Tim begged off and Marty took me to breakfast and thendrove me home. You know, I never know quite how to take you Jim.I know you have told me time and time again that you don't mindif I have an affair, but sometimes I think you're just trying tosee if I would cheat on you," Peggy commented.
"It can't be cheating if I approve, now can it?" Jimreturned. "I would like to see you do something a little risky.Every time we talk about it we both get so damn excited. What canbe wrong with that?"
"We danced. Marty and I danced several slow dances, and itwas exciting as hell. That's one of the reasons I had to take ashower. I was soaking wet Jim," Peggy confessed.
"Oh honey, tell me all about it. I want to get excitedmyself. I'm already excited for you. Please, tell me everything;every time he touched you. Tell me how excited you were," saidJim.
"It was wonderful honey. He is better looking today than hewas when we were kids. He asked me to dance early in the night. Igot excited just thinking about being held by him. He held meclosely, and I could feel my nipples getting hard as my breastswere crushed against his chest. Every now and then, as we danced,he put his hand on my ass and just petted it. When he did that Icould feel myself uncontrollably pressing my pussy against him,"Peggy offered as she replaced Jim's hand on his cock with herown. "Jim your cock hasn't been this hard in a long time.
"When I pressed my pussy against him, I could feel his dickgetting harder. He pulled back from me, looked down at my breastsand then back into my eyes. He got the most devilish smile on hisface. Then he pressed his cock into my belly even harder. Iwanted to come right there. We danced several times after thatand each time his rod seemed to get harder. I was thinking aboutputting it in my mouth and sitting on it. My brother suggestedthat we remember that I was married and we were in public. Idecided to take the edge off somewhat by behaving and not fuckingMarty right there in front of everyone. Tim suggested that it waslate and we should leave. Marty called him a party-pooper andasked him to stick around for a while. Tim insisted that he hadto get up early so Marty offered to drop me off. We had a lot totalk about over breakfast, but the ride home was frightfullyquiet.
"Did you at least get a chance to give him a decent kissgood-night?" Jim inquired with a smile.
"We have been out in the driveway for the last two hoursJim. It was one of the hottest times that I can remember. When wegot here he told me that this night was one of the most enjoyablenights that he had in a long time. He also told me that he en-joyed holding me while we were dancing, and that he had alwayswanted to hold me like that. Then he reached over and kissed me.My head was spinning. It wasn't too long before his hands wereunder my sweater. He gently cupped my breasts and then unsnappedmy bra. He lifted my sweater and began sucking on my nipples. Ithought my head would explode.
"Jim; I touched another man's cock. I unzipped his pants,and I touched his cock," Peggy said cautiously as she watched Jimfor a response. Jim grabbed her and began to squeeze her largepink-nippled breasts. His tongue dove into her mouth, and hebegan rubbing his thick rod against the soft skin of her hip.This took much of the fear out of Peggy. She continued to tellJim about the feel of another man's cock; the fluid that wasleaking out of the head of his raging penis; the weight of hishairy balls. She went on to say that Marty had slipped his handdown inside of her slacks and touched her thickly covered pussy;the way he moved his hands through her wet cavern; first onefinger; then another; finally three fingers searching inside ofher hot, wet love hole.
"Did you suck his cock?" Jim whispered, with eyes closed, asPeggy's hand continued to travel over his gigantic shaft.
"No honey. I got scarred. I finally stopped him and told himthat I didn't know if I was ready. I knew I was ready, but Ididn't want to take the chance that you would be upset. I alsoknew that this fuckn' mammy-jammer cock of yours was sitting herewaiting for me if I needed it. I explained to Marty that I didwant him to fuck me, and that I did want to suck his cock. I toldhim that one day we would probably be able to get together, but Ijust needed time.
"Well you can see that I am not upset with you. I would haveloved to see his wet bone sliding in and out of your greasy hole.Now that you know that, please feel comfortable with doing whatyou want to do. I just want you to be happy and hot," Jimbreathed into her ear.
"I did get to see him come Jim. He asked me if I would mindif he got off so his balls wouldn't blow up. I just smiled andnodded my head. I kissed him while he stroked his cock and playedwith my titties. He started to tense up, and I moved back towatch. His cock went off, and thick gobs of come shot out hittingthe dash board. It was great to see that someone wanted me sobadly that their cock fluid was spilt so freely. Christ, what aturn on. One day I would like to fuck him Jim. I just needed tosee your reaction to what has occurred already. I would even likeyou to be able to watch it.
Peggy and Jim fucked until the sun came up. The next nightand several thereafter, Jim asked Peggy to tell him the storyagain. Each time she told it was like the first. Each time theymade love afterward was better.
Jim began answering ads in swinger's magazines in hopes thathe could convince Peggy to meet with other couples. She wasafraid and declined. Jim didn't let that stop him. He met withseveral couples over the next couple of years. Periodically, hewould share some of his adventures with Peggy, and their sex wasgreat due to the heightened libidos that result from such ac-tivity. Year after year Jim would try new ways to lure Peggy intoexperimenting with other men. Jim had to find another way.
Hypnosis was always a hobby of Jim. He was somewhat of a in-tellectual and enjoyed reading about such things. He read every-thing that he could get his hands on about hypnosis. As a resultof his job, he was enabled to attend several seminars on clinicalhypnosis. He got rather good at induction techniques, and Peggyagreed to be one of his subjects. This began by simple experi-ments like temperature control of the body, relaxation techniquesand similar approaches. Then one day, Jim decided to take hyp-nosis to the bedroom. He gave Peggy the suggestion that she waslying on a warm beach. The gulls were crying, the waves werecaressing the shoreline and the sun was licking her lovely, nudebody.
He watched her as she lay on the bed. Her lovely pinknipples became hard and reached for the mind-orchestrated sun.Her legs opened to receive that warmth on her hair-covered pussy.She was told to enjoy herself and not to concern herself aboutanything as there was no one around and she had her "island" toherself. Jim assured her that she could enjoy herself, and thathe would wake her after an enjoyable time in the sun. Jim con-tinued to watch, his thick cock becoming harder and longer thanhe ever remembered. His mind was working overtime as well. As hewatcher her turn over to permit the rays of the hot sun on hersoft, firm buttocks, his mind began to wonder about what other"miracles" could be accomplished through hypnosis.
That night ended in Jim having three climaxes. One occurredwhile he watched Peggy masturbate while lying on the secludedbeach. He didn't even touch his straining penis. As his eyescaressed Peggy's wriggling body, his cock began to erupt into oneof the most wonderful climaxes in memory. He buried his blood-engorged penis in his wife's waiting cunt two times that night.Each time he came was like the first. He had found one of themost exciting approaches to sex he had ever dreamed of. When hewoke Peggy, he offered her a post hypnotic suggestion that shewould be well rested and remember everything.
About a week went by. Jim continued to analyze his "new sextool" and try to think of other exciting uses. The followingFriday night, he planned to take Peggy on her first experimentalstrange experience. They watched TV for a couple of hours afterthey got home from work. He tried to think of things to talkabout that would put her in the right frame of mind for sex, andhis mind was put to the task of how he would introduce thissleep-affair. Soon it was late enough that he could suggest theygo to bed. Teeth were brushed, PJ's were donned and they tooktheir respective places in bed. He had established a post hyp-notic suggestion to reduce the time required to put her into atrance. He merely had to snap his fingers twice.
As they settled in, he looked at her in the eyes and snappedhis fingers, telling her to sleep deeply. Her eyes closed, andJim could see her body begin to melt into a deep relaxation. Heindicated to her that she was in a large hotel in Florida andthat she had made an appointment for a body massage. She wouldfind herself in the massage room at the hotel. She was advised toopen her eyes, remove her clothing and place a towel over herselfwhen Jim snapped his fingers once. He further indicated to Peggythat an attractive man would come through the door and it was hisjob to give her a full body massage. Jim snapped his fingers andleft the room.
Jim was shaking as he peered through the crack he con-veniently left in the almost closed door. He saw Peggy get out ofthe bed, remove the top of her night clothes. Her breasts lookedglorious and he wished that another man could see their heavybounce and her pouting pink nipples. She laid the top aside. Herthumbs were placed inside the waistband of her bottoms, and sheslid them down over her soft buttocks. Jim's cock was alreadyrock-hard. Peggy laid down on the bed and pulled a towel overherself in a modest fashion, waiting for the man who would giveher a massage. Jim could only wonder what was going through herhead.
He entered the room sheepishly, towel over his arm and aslight smile on his face. He said hello to Peggy, and she shylyreturned his smile and said hello. Jim asked her if she was readyfor her massage, and she said that she was. He asked her if sheliked it soft or hard. She responded by telling him to use hisown discretion. Jim asked her to turn over on her belly. She didso as he held the towel in place. He turned the towel down acouple of turns and placed baby oil on her upper back. As hishands began to work the oil into her tense body, he felt asthough he was touching a strange body. His cock continued tostrain and he could feel the preparatory fluids seep from thehead of his hard cock. Peggy's moans told Jim that she was get-ting a great deal of satisfaction out of his efforts.
More and more the towel was lowered. He could see the swellof the sides of her ample breasts as she held her hair out of theway of the baby oil. Her moans continued as his hands moved lowerand lower down her back. Soon the towel was moved down to exposehalf of her buttocks. His hands ventured onto these beautifulmounds of flesh, and his mind spoke to him of the "strange" bodythat he was touching. As his hands began to massage this newflesh without objection, he reached for more oil. The oil randown into the cleft between these glorious mounds. His handquickly reached to capture the oil to work it into this bouncingflesh. Peggy's moans began to increase in volume.
Jim put oil on the backs of her thighs and massaged this in.With each swipe of his hand he moved closer and closer to theheated area between her legs. Her hips raised each time his handsapproached her hot cunt. Finally, Jim dipped down into this area,and his slippery hand touched the oil drenched lips of her cunt.With this, Peggy pressed her face into the pillow and pressed herpussy against Jim's wet hand. For fear of scarring her with thisnew experience, he moved his hand back to her buttocks to con-tinue his assault. After a short time, he instructed her to turnover. This was the test. There would be a "strange man" lookinginto her face.
Peggy turned over but kept her eyes closed as Jim held thetowel in place for her. She again placed her arms over her headand had a peaceful look on her face. By this time Jim's pantswere wet from his preparatory emissions. He rolled down the towelto expose Peggy's heavy breasts. Her juicy nipples remained hardand pert. Jim poured oil in the valley between her large breasts.Before it would flow off her body, his hands were on the lovely,spongy tits. He slowly began to manipulate the firm breasts.Peggy's eyes snapped open and looked at Jim. He gave her a slightsmile and returned his gaze to the moving tits. She could notrestrain her pleasure. Her moans escaped her lips in soft tonesas her breathing began to shorten. Jim's hands lingered over herthick nipples as his thumbs and forefingers gently pinched andmanipulated these love zones.
Peggy began grinding her hot ass into the sheets and strain-ing her breasts higher and higher. Jim put oil now on her bellyand began gently rubbing it in. His eyes were blessed as he sawthe oil run down her belly into the fluffy pubic hair coveringher already greasy slit. One hand continued working her breastsas the other moved down to her mound. He dipped periodically toher clit with the palm of his hand. At this, a loud moan escapedher lips as she reached for his hand and held it to her swollenpussy. Her eyes remained closed.
Jim allowed a finger to slip inside of her hot cunt, and hecould feel this tunnel tighten on his single finger. He worked itaround and deeper into her love hole while his other handremained on her heaving tits. She in turn grabbed her otherbreast and started to manipulate its stiff nipple. With this as-surance, Jim reached forward and placed his lips on the nipple hehad been pinching. Her body jumped and her hands grabbed his headto insure against him moving it away. Jim put two more fingersinside of Peggy's swollen cunt and began to pump it as he manipu-lated her clit with his thumb. She began to climax and her bodyshook with convulsion after convulsion. After what seemed likefive minutes, Peggy's body came to rest. With her eyes open shelooked at this "strange man" and offered her thanks.
Jim decided not to take it too far the first time. He washedthe oil from Peggy's body and toweled her off. He again put herto sleep and left her with another post hypnotic suggestion toawaken feeling well rested and remember everything as a wonderfuldream. The possibilities for the next adventure began to rollaround in Jim's head almost immediately. What was next? I thinkyou'll be delighted to see.
CHAPTER TWO - MIND SEX
The mild winter began to recline into the arms of an anxiousspring. Jim opened the door to approach his car for the trip tohis office, as his nostrils were welcomed by the fragrance of thechanging season. His heart was light, and he had a bounce in hisstep. The conversation that occupied the previous evening wasmusic to his ears.
Marilyn, a computer bulletin board friend had agreed to meethim for the first time. She wanted to know more about the use ofhypnosis in sex. They had shared many thoughts on previous eve-nings. Some were simply warm and friendly, and others weredownright steaming. They had discussed everything from childrenand pets to jumping one another's bones.
Jim and Marilyn had become rather close friends without everhaving met one another. They had each teased from time to timeabout meeting one day, but Jim never really expected Marilyn tomeet with him. Now she had agreed, and they were scheduled to seeeach other this evening in a local night spot at eight o'clock.They had some idea of how one another looked and a very good ideaof what one another thought. He was anxious and hoped that sheshared his excitement.
The day seemed to last forever. Everything appeared to bemoving in slow motion. His productivity for the day was, as aresult, outstanding as he tried to occupy the struggling momentstoward the end of the work day. Fridays were somewhat traditionalin that he never went directly home after the work day's end. Hewould generally frequent a local downtown watering hole untilabout seven; remove to one of his favorite restaurants for a biteto eat; and visit one of several of the local hot spots aroundtown.
Jim arrived at the cafe at about five o'clock and sat in hisfavorite chair at the far corner of the bar. He greeted severalfriends as they entered and exchanged comments about the gruelingweek. He had a difficult time concentrating on the various con-versations because his mind was on Marilyn. Would she find himexciting?
Seven-thirty had arrived. Jim paid his bill and rose toleave. His mind was dissecting the possibilities of the eveningas he drove to Rascal's lounge. As he pulled into the brokenblack-topped parking lot he had visions of Marilyn's lovely nudebody resting on his chest. He almost didn't see the attendantprovided to direct him to available parking. His car rested wellbetween two other chariots as he entered the lounge.
Jim went through the doorway with eyes wide, searching forthe evening's target. There was no single lady at the bar, so Jimselected a seat with a view of the entry way and ordered a drink.He noticed that his hands seemed to have a life of their own.They were shaking as he attempted to stir his grog. Furtive eyescontinued to paint the doorway to the lounge and still noMarilyn. It was only ten minutes to eight and no need for con-cern. She would show.
In a nonchalant manner, Jim allowed his eyes to travelthroughout the bar. He wasn't sure but thought that a lovelyyoung lady sitting with another man was checking him out ratherwell. Bright eyes sparkled from an angelic face. Jim couldn'thelp but notice her deep, dark and warm cleavage floating inwaves, hugged by the material of a blood-red dress, as hershoulders moved back and forth. The curl of her generous lips andher bright smile teased Jim as she continued her conversationwith the man next to her. Just his luck; here was a hot, sexywoman that seemed to have interest in him. Not only was she withanother man, Jim was waiting for a woman that he had no idea ofhow she looked.
He had trouble watching the entrance in anticipation ofMarilyn. Each time his eyes moved to the door he was distractedby the lovely woman's breasts. They seemed to be calling to him.He continued to try to get this woman out of his mind, but shewouldn't stop sneaking glances as him. Suddenly, she rose fromher bar stool and began walking toward the rest room. Jim's eyeswere now drawn to her magnetic buttocks. The material of herdress seemed to massage each cheek of her undulating ass. Damn!He would love to drink her bath water just to see her dry off.Few times had he ever gotten an erection just looking at a womanin a bar. This was one of them.
Jim's eyes returned to the door once again and he noticedthe man that had been sitting with the object of his new interestwas walking out of the lounge; apparently leaving. Jim almosthurt his neck as he spun his head back to see where the lovelylady in red was. Soon she returned from the rest room, leanedforward, said something to the bartender and began walkingdirectly toward Jim.
Her lovely breasts continued to dance slightly as she ap-proached. Jim wanted to look behind him to see if she was ap-proaching someone behind him but thought that would be obviousand make him look ridiculous. His eyes riveted on the rim of hisglass to prevent him from looking like an idiot. Soon he heard awhispered, "is this seat taken?"
"Nn nnno! Please do sit down. There isn't anyone sittingthere," Jim heard himself fumble through the words. Damn, why didhe sound like such a fool.
The red dressed lady eased up to the bar and pulled her seatafter her. After she was obviously well settled, Jim made half amotion to get up and fix her chair for her. Too late, he thought."Are you waiting for someone?" she breathed to Jim.
Now what was he going to say? The fragrance of her scentcaptured him, and he wanted to tell her that he had been waitingfor her ever since the doctor first slapped his ass, forty-threeyears ago. He gagged on his words slightly, and then his mindsnapped back to his intended purpose. He almost felt guilty thathe was even thinking of this new lady, and he said, "Yes. I,mwaiting for a friend."
She rolled her shoulders once again and asked, "What is yourfriend's name Jim?"
"Her name is...but... How did you know my name was Jim?" hereturned, and then it began to sink in. "You can't be Marilyn!"He stuttered.
Her smile grew to a full blown show of pearl delight. "WhenI left the house my name was Marilyn," she stated emphatically."You're probably wondering what I was doing with that man thatwas sitting next to me. That was my cousin. I have to confessthat I asked him to stop and have a drink with me so I would havea way out if you turned out to be a wild looking, sex-crazedmaniac."
Jim chuckled and nodded his head in a knowing way. "Wellthen, I have to assume that my looks didn't scare you too much."
Her eyes diverted to the rim of the glass that the bartenderbrought over for her in a somewhat embarrassed fashion. "I'msorry. I just never did anything like this before and didn't knowwhat to expect."
"No apologies necessary. If you were my cousin, I wouldn'twant you to take any chances either. I'm glad you used your head,but you still don't know whether I'm a nut case or not," Jim of-fered.
"Now that I have seen you, and I couple that with all of theconversations we've had, I feel pretty comfortable. You are avery attractive man. And I know you're a good man. I was just ap-prehensive, and now I'm not," she said softly. "
There was music playing softly as they continued to get toknow one another better. Suddenly, half way through an explana-tion of the repairs her car had undergone in the past week, shestopped and asked Jim if he would like to dance. Jim readilyagreed and they approached the dance floor. As she preceded him,Jim couldn't help but to notice the rise and fall of each but-tock. He felt his manhood stir once again. The red material roseand fell as the ripple of each cheek pushed and pulled at thefabric.
Having arrived at the small space offered for dancing,Marilyn turned and opened her arms to receive Jim. He could seeher breasts rise to accentuate her cleavage. Her scent continuedto arouse him. His hands encircled her lovely body and wereblessed by the soft touch. She didn't waste any time gettingclose to Jim. Her curves melted into his body as they moved tothe music. Marilyn pressed her ample breasts against his chest,and he could feel the heat of her pussy against his leg. Itseemed as though she was trying to turn him on. Well, whether ornot she was trying, it was happening.
It became obvious to Marilyn that Jim was getting excited.His cock began to grow thick and long. He felt it pressingagainst his clothing almost to the point of embarrassment. He wasintoxicated with the fact that as his thick cock grew, Marilynwas pressing herself harder against it. His courage grew withthis thought, and he allowed his hand to drop to Marilyn's fullbuttocks. He smoothed the material of her dress and returned tothe flesh of her ass to squeeze. As he did, a soft moan escapedMarilyn's lips and her pussy pressed against him once again. Soonthe music came to an end, and they were forced to separate.
Jim began to show signs of embarrassment as they returned tothe bar, and then his pride took over. He hoped that some of theother patrons saw his rock-hard cock as he returned. He was proudof it. Marilyn stopped abruptly as they returned, and Jim raninto her tight ass with his erection. She looked over hershoulder and smiled. "I just wanted to make sure that you werestill there."
After they took their seats Jim indicated that it might benice if they were able to go someplace that would be a little bitmore private. Marilyn agreed. They finished their drinks, and Jimpulled her chair out so they could exit.
"The kids are at my mom's, and I would love it if you wouldcome over for a while Jim," Marilyn offered.
"Are you sure it won't be any problem?" Jim inquired. Im-mediately he knew that he should have merely said that he wouldlove to. Why would he take a chance like that? She might havere-thought the matter.
"No. It's not a problem. I'm anxious to learn more abouthypnosis and your adventures. It's pretty obvious that you havebecome rather proficient at snake charming," she offered with acute smile as her eyes riveted on the front of his trousers.
After assisting Marilyn into her car, Jim got into his andfollowed her. His mind was racing. He couldn't remember the lasttime that someone turned him on this much. He could almost seeher dress rising over her head as she removed it for his intrud-ing gaze. He thought of her lovely buns, draped with only thesheerest of panties. He envisioned her soft pubic hairs furtivelyescaping the edge of her sex-soaked panties. He could smell herwomanhood as her excitement increased. He wanted to make thiswoman part of him.
Marilyn interrupted his mental adventure as she pulled intoa driveway. Christ! He didn't even know which street he was on.His mind had obviously been elsewhere. He felt his heart begin-ning to beat more rapidly as he put his car in park and extin-guished his lights. After a quick check in the mirror to makesure that his hair didn't look like a squirrel he was out of thecar and walking behind this lovely creature.
She fitted the key into the lock and looked back over hershoulder in an inviting manner. Marilyn lowered her coat to awaiting chair and told Jim to make himself at home. "I think adrink would be in order. Why don't you see if you can put somenice music on. The CD's are right next to the player."
"You must enjoy classical music. Three quarters of what youhave is classical," Jim raised his voice to assure that Marilynheard him. He selected several pieces, placed them into the CDchanger and pushed the play button. Looking around the room, hewas gratified to see that Marilyn's taste extended to her lovelyfurnishings. Soon she returned with a bottle of wine and twoglasses.
"I've always been partial to classical music Jim. I thinkyou'll enjoy this wine. It's kind of hard to come by 'round theseparts partner," she teased with a country drawl as she seatedherself close to him. "Now how does this hypnosis work that youhave talked so much about?"
Jim explained that almost anything was possible with the useof hypnosis if the subject had the ability. The ability generallywas referred to as somnambulism. Many people were very suggest-ible and could achieve wonderful results through hypnosis.
"What kind of results Jim?" was her next question as shemoved closer yet to him. He seemed to be trying to formulate ananswer but encountered difficulty due to the closeness of hersoft ample breasts.
"You can be anyone you want. You can be with anyone you wantto be with. You can be anywhere you want to be and feel as youwish for as long as you can physically stand it," he explained ashis arm encircled her shoulders.
"If I wanted to be with you, on a secluded beach, in the hotsun, with gulls overhead and waves lapping at the shore, couldyou make that happen?" she questioned with interest.
"I really can't make anything happen for you Marilyn. Youactually make what happens occur. Each of us has the ability, toone degree or another, to hypnotize ourselves. I would only behelping you through the process you don't quite understand," Jimexplained.
"Let's give it our best shot Jim. I would like to experiencethe scenario just as I outlined it. I want to be with you. I wantit to be great and I want it to last," Marilyn pleaded.
Jim took her through various relaxation stages and success-fully helped her to a deep trance state. He indicated to her thatthey had been marooned on a dessert island and that on a portableradio they heard that a rescue party was two days away frombringing them back to civilization. It would be night time and anice camp fire had been built. When he snapped his fingers once,it would soon be daylight and the sun would be glorious; theywould be totally alone. He gave her the suggestion that they hadbeen attracted to one another during their sea voyage but hadn'tthe opportunity to connect.
He further gave her a suggestion that she hadn't had sex inover six months and that she was absolutely insane with desire.Even if she masturbated she could not quench her thirst for sex.Jim told her that at the count of three she would awaken, findherself on an old boat seat that washed ashore and be a littlecold from the night winds blowing off the water.
She would experience a desire unlike she ever felt before.Each time she had an orgasm, it would take violent hold of herand last three times longer that she had ever experienced before.Her nipples would be so sensitive that she would shudder with theleast touch. When she placed his cock in her mouth she would feelthis intense pressure on her clitoris. The deeper she placed hisrigid penis in her throat, the more intense the feeling in herhole would be.
Jim asked her if she understood everything that he told her,and she acknowledged that she had with a nod of her head. He alsotold her that when he placed her head between his hands andkissed her on the forehead, she would awaken, feel wonderful andmore satisfied than she had ever felt before. The next time thathe snapped his fingers twice, while looking into her eyes, shewould fall into a fast, deep sleep. So he began, "one, two,three."
Marilyn sat on the couch that she perceived to be the boatseat. She had an utterly lost look on her face. Her arms crossedher chest in an effort to ward off the cold. She sheepishly in-quired, "do you think we will be OK until they arrive Jim?"
"I'm sure we will be just fine. I don't think there are anydangerous animals on the prowl, I have built a nice fire and itwill be daylight soon," he said.
"Would you mind if I get out of these wet things and try towarm myself by the fire Jim. I'm a little embarrassed, but Idon't want to get pneumonia," she pleaded shyly.
Jim could only nod his consent. He had been waiting to seethis lovely body all of his life. Marilyn got up and turned sothat he could release her zipper. She removed the red dress, andJim noticed the visible goose flesh as she did so. He had ob-viously helped her attain temperature hallucination. She was ac-tually chilly. Jim went over to a near-by arm chair and retrievedan afghan to place around her. By this time she had removed herbra but modestly kept her back to Jim. He placed the afghanaround her shivering shoulders and drew her to him.
Marilyn melted back into his arms and could feel his meatpressed against her warming buttocks. He felt her fumble a littleand turn to look into his eyes. "You have been so very kind tome. This is absolutely frightening not knowing exactly when theywill come for us," Marilyn whispered.
Jim eased her down on the "boat seat" and gathered her tohim to increase her warmth. His nose was blessed with the scentof her hair and the warmth of her body. Again their eyes met. Hermouth opened ever so slightly as her eyes began to close. Closerand closer their lips came to touching. At last he could feel herhot breath bleeding into his own lungs; a kiss of gratitudeturned quickly into a kiss of passion and need. The afghan fellfrom her shoulders.
Moments later his strong hands were on her body. Touchingsoftly and moving on. Her back flexed as his hands moved slowlyup and down its spine resting on her buttocks. She consideredstopping, but she couldn't make herself. Her own hands began toexperiment with the muscles of his body. She felt them ripple toher touch as a soft moan escaped his lips. This slight sound litoff lovely explosions in her head. His hands were on her thighstouching every inch as softly as an angel's kiss. She knew shewas wet with anticipation and hunger. Uncontrollably, her handsoon found the hardness of the staff in his pants. Her controlwas gone and she didn't care.
His hands were under her heavy breasts cupping and teasingher ripe, hard nipples. Once when she was a child she experienceda fever that was accompanied by a shivering phenomenon. As hisfingers touched her dark pink nipples, this experience wasrelived. She began to press her wet, hairy mound into the seatfor some simple relief from the mounting frustration. His tonguewas on her neck tracing love notes. It then moved to her heavingswollen breasts.
She felt teeth and lips on her blood-engorged nipples. Againa shivering took control of her body, and ripples of excitementthundered through her body. His hand traveled down to that moist,fragrant hole of her womanhood. Explosions went off in her headas his hand crept inside her panties to feel her slippery cunt.He inserted one finger inside her body and then another. In cir-cular motions he soon brought her to heaven. The bone shakingconvulsions continued on and on. She had never experienced suchan orgasm. Would there never be an end to this joy? She prayedthere would not. Her jerking and moaning brought yet additionalgrowth to his throbbing cock.
As if drawn by a magnet, her lips traversed the distance be-tween his hairy chest and his huge staff. Soon she brought thatgentle monster inside she mouth and teased it with delight. Hewas bone hard and bursting with excitement. Her soft mouth suckedhim deep inside to her waiting throat. Something was happening toher. Up and down went her hungry mouth as her tongue gave him yetnew pleasures. She couldn't seem to get enough of this warriorspear into her throat. Deeper and deeper she sucked the huge cockinto her mouth until her lips brushed the depths of his publicwire. With each inch her moans grew in volume and intensity.
His head was spinning as he whispered in her ear that he hadnever had such tender bliss. The heat rising from her cunt wasquite amazing. He took her swollen sex lips in his mouth andsucked and nibbled for minutes, his tongue teasing and probing.All the while, one of his hands was squeezing her buttocks withsuch strength it doubled her excitement. His other hand gentlytwisted one of her hard nipples. He sucked her sweet love juiceand drank from her wriggling body, swallowing the divine creamwith animal-like relish.
Her soft pussy was going into spasms now, and he felt themuscles in her vagina grab for his teasing tongue as he lanced itinto her tense body. Her smooth, rounded hips were jerking up anddown as she attempted to shove as much cunt into his mouth as shepossible could. Spreading her legs wide apart, he raised her but-tocks in his hands and kissed at her dripping fanny, his nosecompletely buried and lost in the dark, springy hairs of hermound.
The lips of her sweet cunt were now spread very wide apart,in a way that completely exposed her deep, hot cavern, the softlips of her slit parting and pulsing with desire. The pinkishflesh gleamed with her love juice, which trickled and oozed downher tunnel and greased everything ready for the fuck that she wasdying for.
Taking his fat, throbbing weapon in both hands, he took thetip and rubbed it all over the slippery opening of her slit,smearing it with her juices. She had the look of a hungry animal.She didn't want fucked any longer; she needed it. Lowering him-self on her body, he slid seven inches of cock into her eagerhole. Her cunt swallowed every hot, steaming inch of it, themembranes inside her gripped his penis as he rammed it deeper anddeeper into the liquid cauldron. The walls of her inner cunt con-tracted tightly around this invading rod.
This deprived love tunnel seemed to quiver and clutch,enclosing the unyielding bulk of his cock in a loving grasp. Thetip of his prick was pressing against her cavity. He enjoyed thedepth of penetration for a few seconds more then grunted withpleasure as her vaginal muscles squeezed his cock in a milkingaction. In a motion that didn't dislodge his towering piston, heswung her over and placed her above him. Her heavy glisteningbreasts swayed in his will have a small climax. You can have hundreds of orgasms.When he holds your face in his hands, looks into your eyes andkisses you on the forehead, you will fall back into a deep sleepbut you will remember everything when you do wake up. Do youunderstand?"
"Yes, I understand," she said in the far-away voice of thesleeping.
Jim began, "One, two, three. Wake up feeling sexier than youever have before. You are hot and mysterious and bursting withexcitement."
"Alex, it was good of you to offer to take me home, butthere are so many people at my hotel that will tease me if I showup with you. You know how cruel fellow workers can be. Would youmind if we went someplace else instead?" Maggie asked in a plead-ing fashion with her cleavage giving yet additional messages.
"You would want for to go to Aleksei's flat? I have wonder-ful musik and compelling wine. We will get knowing each anothermore best. And crowds make uncomfortable most for me also," Alexcommented in his sexiest voice as his hand rested provocativelyon Maggie's upper thigh.
"That would be great Alex. It's early and we have the wholenight to get to know each other better. Drive on," Maggie sug-gested with a hungry smile."
"Alex" snapped his fingers and they were in his flat. "Iwill put musik to play and get blood of grape for I and you," Jimplayed the part with no little relish. "Make comfortable andrelax yourself." Maggie's eyes began photographing the room, notforgetting that in addition to her building lust, she must findthe plans for the laser weapon.
Maggie watched Jim's muscles ripple as he walked across theroom. He felt her eyes glued to him everywhere he walked. Jimknew that his body was merely average and that Maggie didn't seeit as average. He knew that with her mind she was able to make"Alex" look anyway that she wanted him to look. She would ob-viously make him look great. Her libido was working overtime, andthe heat developing in the center of loins only served to improvethe situation. Jim's cock began to tingle, and he developed aheaviness in his groin that would require release before toolong.
Maggie soon began to tingle all over her throbbing body. Theexcitement of what she hoped would soon happen sent shiversthrough her beautiful body. Jim left the room, went down the halland returned in a pair of sweat pants and sweat shirt with thesleeves removed. There was some writing on the shirt, but shecouldn't figure out what it said. The music began to play softlyas he returned with a tray of wine with two glasses. The cork wasremoved, and he poured two half glasses; seating himself next toMaggie, he offered a glass to her extended hand.
With little time having passed, the empty glasses foundtheir respective place on the huge, glass-topped cocktail tableand Maggie found herself in Alex's arms. She offered her lips tohis hungry mouth, and the tingling increased dramatically. Herfingers and hands painted his arms and chest with a fervor as herlust continued to build. Shivers drove through her as his fingersbegan to release the buttons to her "sapphire blue dress." Shefelt the material tease her soft shoulders and back as it wasslowly drawn over her skin. With a snap maneuver that surprisedher, her bra fell away in one motion exposing her undulatingbreasts and erect nipples to Alex's gaze and touch. The heat inher brain became almost unbearable. 'Fuck, Fuck, Fuck' were theonly words repeated in her mind.
She began envisioning the muscles of his strong ass flexingas he drove his bone deep into her wet sheath. She imagined thehair surrounding his erect staff mingling with her own pubic gar-den as the rain of the combined love juices served to greasetheir journey to eruption. She could see the tip of his engorgedfuck tool, glowing with her pussy juice; a huge purple knob rest-ing atop a thick, rigid pole adorned with bulging veins feedingthe strength and length of his hardness. She could feel theweight of his hairy balls on her tight anal button, glisteningwith the milk of her natural lubrication. She could see the hairlying deep and low in the crack between her wiggling buttocks;wet and clinging as he drove his cock meat into the center of herbeing.
As Jim moved his hands to and from heaving tits, rigidnipples, glistening buttocks and wet cavern, his mind also embel-lished the moments and searched for erotic sights, sounds andsmells. He could imagine her hands gently cradling his hairy cumnuts. He could feel her lips begin to move on his throbbing,straining penis. First she teased; soon she devoured his broadcolumn.
The time for imagining was gone. Jim ran his tongue from onenipple to another circling each and gently nipping at each. Downbetween the cleft of her wiggling titties his tongue traveled.Down her stomach the wet tongue set fires until it rested in herpanting navel. His teeth bared themselves and bit at her hipbones sending new shivers up and down her spine as his handsfilled with the fleshy meat of her tight buttocks. Closer andcloser his mouth moved toward her feminine, and fragrant hole.
Bang! Jim's tongue entered Maggie's love tunnel and shebegan to quiver in climax. She had never felt anything quite likethis. It wasn't a roaring, earth-shaking orgasm. It was as if shehad been plugged into and electrical outlet. She could feelelectric shocks traveling between her pussy, her ass hole and hermarble-hard nipples and back again. It came again, and again, andagain. She became dizzy and drove her fuck box against Jim'sintruding face. After the first few jolts, Maggie began trying tocount the eruptions to herself. 'One, two, three, four, fiiiive,holy shit, that was a great one, six, seven, eiggggg, Oh fuck,can it get better than this?' Maggie wondered.
Jim withdrew his tongue and turned her over. His tonguemoved slowly up the back of her thighs, nipping at the taunt backof her knees. Painting the back of her thighs with his saliva,Jim soon drove his tongue into the crack of her ass. Maggie threwher ass up in the air, and Jim's tongue drove deep into her cunthole once again. Bang! Another electric shock fired through herwiggling frame. Teasing it's way up Maggie's back, Jim's tongueplayed on her shoulder blades and dipped into her glistening armpits. She could now feel his hard meat resting in the gully be-tween the balls of her ass cheeks. She knew she needed that bonedeep in her guts.
Now Maggie took the offensive. Pushing Jim over to lie onhis back, she was on him with hands and tongue. Licking his swol-len balls, she saw his huge staff grow again. Her hand strokedhis love pole, and she saw the fluid begin to come to the tip ofhis lust weapon. Her hungry eyes danced from rippling belly, tohairy chest, to the purple tip of his spear. In one motion hiscock was driven deep into her throat. It was stopped when it metresistance from the throat muscles, but only briefly. Given thechance to adjust, her throat opened even further, and the cockfinished its journey and was embedded deep in her throat. She hadtaken it all, and her lips rested in his wiry public hair. Driv-ing it in and out gave Jim a wonderful sensation as the head ofhis cock was systematically squeezed and released by the involun-tary muscles of her throat. He would soon cum if he didn't stopnow, and he wanted to squirt his load into Maggie's hot pussy.
Turning her over in one quick motion, Jim spread her legs toexpose her soaked honey pot. Resting on his knees, he lowered hisface once again to her pit. Bang! The shock provided yet addi-tional orgasms. She drove her hot pussy against his face like acrazed animal, grunting and crying, "Oh fuck, fuck me, fuck mydeep hole, spread my hairy cunt and fuck it deep. Shove yourgreat cum stick into my quim and dump your hot load."
"No! I want to see you play with your body. I want to seeyou fuck yourself and pinch your hard nipples. I want to see youfinger fuck your hole and cum for me," Jim insisted.
"Don't make me wait, Alex. I need your cock in my hole. Ineed you to squeeze my ass cheeks as you drive your thick cockinto my pussy. Please!" Maggie begged.
"Do it baby! Show me your beautiful titties. Pinch yourrock-hard nipples. Dig in your hole with your hand and show mehow you are going to cum hard for me. Show me how much you wantmy bone in your hole," Jim demanded as she began to moan andcomply with his demands.
Maggie filled her hands with her own heavy, yet firm breastsand squeezed hard. Filling her hands with tit flesh, she offeredher raised and tight nipples to Jim's glance. Sliding her handstoward the center of each breast, she grabbed each nipple betweenforefinger and thumb and began to pinch and roll the puckerednipple flesh. This sent waves of additional excitement throughher lust-racked body.
Her hips began to bounce on the bed as if there was an im-aginary cock driving deep inside of her. Releasing one ripenipple, her hand traveled down her stomach, pressing as it wentto delve into her waiting, wet bush. Nervous fingers separate thelips of her cunt hole to cover them with the slick juice of herdesire. Jim watched as her glistening fingers moved to her lovebutton, pinching and pulling she was forced to grunt deeply andbegin shaking her breast with her other hand.
Releasing her clit, her middle finger slipped effortlesslyinto her wet cunt. She began pumping this single digit in andout. Soon a second finger was introduced to the hot cavern, andthen a third. Deeper and deeper she drove her hand into hersteaming cunt. She released her other breast and used the otherhand to help pump her womanhood and furiously rub her clit. Asboth hands were centered mindlessly on her loins, her breastswere squeezed together as two huge mounds of shaking fleshadorned by hot pink nipples reaching for the ceiling. Jim's handcontinued to slowly stroke his organ as he watched Maggie pound-ing her pussy deeply. He was positioned between her outstretchedlegs and she was beginning to climax. Her beautiful facetightened as her lips were pulled taunt across it. Her eyes wereclosed tightly, leaving wrinkles to frame them. The tendons inher neck rose as if straining to keep her head on her shoulders.Her head twisted back and forth, from side to side.
Reaching toward her, Jim grabbed her wet hands and placedthem against his lips. He tasted this woman and smelled thefragrance of her orgasm. If only he could bottle this scent!Moving to one side of her, Jim rolled her over. He began massag-ing the muscles of her back to reduce the tension she had builtup. His hands found her rubbery ass cheeks and deeply moved thesemounds of flesh. Maggie began to moan once again. He massaged themuscles of her neck and began kissing her ear lobes and neck. Shebegan to stir again.
Jim placed one of his knees between her legs into the wetpit of her hot snatch and continued to rub her back. Ever-so-slowly, Maggie began grinding her groin into his hard knee andthigh. Jim pressed ahead as his eyes were blessed with the visionof her buttocks wrapped around his leg and the sides of herbreasts pushed out by the pressure of the mounds resting on thebed.
Turning her over once again, Jim laid next to her and kissedher gently on her hot lips. His lips traveled to her restingnipples bringing them to life again. He again placed himself be-tween her legs and kissed her navel. Soon his face was restingover her fragrant pussy. Bang! His tongue dove into her depthsand sent her convulsing again. Before Maggie knew what was hap-pening, Jim fell forward in one motion and his dick effortlesslyfound its mark. It was deep inside of Maggie's grasping cunt butit remained motionless. She tried to move under his weight todrive the pole in and out, but Jim did not move. He nuzzled hisnose into the crook of her neck and allowed his tongue to dartagainst her skin.
With this move, Maggie felt something she did not know shecould feel. "Alex" had a great cock. It must be eight inches inlength and two inches wide. However, it was growing. She couldfeel it getting longer and spreading her cunt lips farther apart.She felt as if she would explode, but didn't care if she did.When Jim's cock has reached it's full "ten inches in length andtwo and a half inches in girth," Maggie felt completely full ofcock. Jim now began to move this monster pole into Maggie'sdepths. Each stroke seemed to bring another climax. She didn'tknow anyone could fit this much fuck bone into a cunt no matterhow big or lubricated it was.
Jim continued to move his raging penis into Maggie's lovetunnel until he could hold off no longer. He could feel the cumboiling in his balls. The feeling was so intense that he thoughtthat he could feel the cum traveling from the bottom of his legsand from his very brain. He reached under Maggie and filled hishands with her quaking ass cheeks as his cock continued to drivedeep into her being. Her breasts and belly were now soaked withhis perspiration and covered with his dislodged hair as he liftedhimself to watch his glistening penis drive into Maggie's body.Her grunts resembled those of an animal driven by primordiallust.
Jim's cock exploded with one wave after another. His thickcream came in gobs painting the walls of Maggie's greasy cunt.She could feel the overflow of cum pressing out of her holearound his shaft, flowing down and cooling her hot ass hole. Shecontinued to buck hard against Jim, pulling his thick cock intoher with her heals pounding his flexing ass muscles.
Maggie's explosion was so intense that she either passed outor lost her sight for a short time. She could see nothing withher eyes, but the vision of Jim's hard driving cock was burnedinto her mind's eye. As her ecstasy subsided, she laid there andcontinued to feel tingling throughout her spent body. Jimcouldn't or did not want to move.
He was almost asleep when he sensed Maggie moving about theroom. 'Shit! He thought to himself. She is probably trying tofind the plans. I better not let this go any farther. "Maggie!Did you need something?" Jim inquired.
"No Alex. I was just looking for a towel," she responded asshe returned to the side of the bed.
"Sit here next to me for a moment," Jim requested pattingthe bed next to him. She sat but looked a bit nervous. Jim placedhis hands on either side of her face, looked into her eyes andkissed her on the forehead. Maggie melted back onto the bed andfell into a deep sleep once again. "You have found the planswhile Alex was sleeping, dressed and slipped out of the flatwithout being detected. You are now safely away, back in your owncountry, feeling wonderful and well rested. When I snap myfingers you will begin to wake up slowly and remember everythingthat happened. Do you understand?"
Again, the far away response of "yes" came from her lips.She was lovely laying there on the bed. Jim was reluctant to wakeher up because she looked so peaceful and angelic.
Time was getting late, and Jim knew that Maggie would wantto get tidied up. Snapping his fingers, Jim said gently, "wake upnow feeling refreshed and comfortable. Maggie opened her eyesslowly and allowed her glance to travel the room. Her glancefinally rested on Jim at the side of the bed.
"That was absolutely the most exciting time I've even spent.I have never been that hot, and I know I never came that manytimes in a month. Thank you so much for teaching me a great dealabout myself and my own sexuality, Jim. Promise me we will takeother trips together," she pleaded.
"Trips are my specialty Maggie. If you have the gas, I candrive. I too enjoyed it more than I can say. Jorgi did feel alittle left out. Maybe you'll have a chance to spend some timewith him in the future. I plan to teach you how to accomplishthat with or without me. But that'll be another story," Jim con-cluded with a smile.
CHAPTER FOUR - MIND SEX
It was Sunday evening, and Jim was tripping through thechannels with his trusty remote. Low and behold, Captain James T.Kirk of the Starship Enterprise was listening to Bones explainingthat he was a doctor and not a miracle worker. Spock was sharp-ening his ears to deal with the next catastrophe, and it dawnedon Jim that one of his computer correspondent pals was a Sci Fiaficionado.
Jim had the opportunity to communicate frequently with herover the phone lines, through the computer, but had never mether. Her computer handle was Star; not an uncommon name for a SciFi buff. He had seen a photo of her, that he downloaded in whatis referred to as a GIF format; a digitized representation of aphoto that has been scanned into a computer. The photo was, asshe suggested, somewhat old, but all of the same characteristicsmust still be present. She was an exciting-looking woman sportingshoulder length brown hair, a lovely smile, large breasts and awell-defined waist. Her wit assured Jim that she was someone thathe would enjoy being with.
She had indicated some interest in hypnosis, but said thatit had been tried before with her to no avail. Further, sheshared that she had a very vivid imagination and did love sex agreat deal. Her main interest was in satisfying her partner."Would you be willing to have me try working with you one day todetermine if you have the ability to go into a trance?" Jim askedduring one of their frequent conversations.
"Well, I think we have gotten to know one another wellenough. I wouldn't be opposed to it, but I really don't thinkthat it will do any good. Do you think Thursday will be good foryou," she asked.
"I don't think I have anything pressing. I'll double checkand leave a message for you on the system. Just leave your ad-dress and the time you want me to show up. If there's a problem,I'll let you know, and we can make it another time," Jim urged.
Star's mind began to question. 'Wouldn't it be great to makelove in a space ship? I wonder what kind of a guy this Jim reallyis? Could I really be hypnotized? I wonder how it would feel tohave a Romulan's thick cock inside of me? Does a Romulan have acock?' The questions continued to flow with no distinct result inmind. The thought of it, none-the-less was making her horny. Shehoped that Thursday would bring some interesting answers.
Jim returned home from the office and turned on his com-puter. In only seconds he was on line with the bulletin boardsystem and found that there was a message for him. His eyes litup when he saw that Star had left him the information about heraddress, general directions and the time of eight o'clock. He im-mediately keyed in the information advising her that the date andtime were fine, and that he would be happy to be there.
Method would be the difficulty. Jim knew that if Star wasintelligent and had a vivid imagination, she should be very sus-ceptible to hypnosis. Her problem was likely that no one tookenough time to relax her sufficiently to allow the suggestions todo their work. Jim had devised a method that had worked severaltimes in the past and would introduce Star to it when they met.
Thursday arrived and Jim started to drive over to Star'shouse. He was about fifteen minutes early so he decided to justride about the neighborhood. At 8:00 o'clock he drew together thecourage to approach Star's door. After a brief wait the dooropened to reveal a lovely woman with a warm smile and look ofslight apprehension. "Jim?" she asked, wondering if this could beher previously unseen friend. A wordless smile assured her thatthis was indeed Jim, and she invited him to enter. "Please madeyourself comfortable, Jim. I thought I would get us a drink.Would you like a glass of white wine?, she queried.
"That would be great Star; but please don't go to anytrouble," Jim pleaded in his best manner. He walked into theliving room and settled in what appeared to be a comfortablechair. Soon Star returned with a tray bearing a bottle of chilledwine, a cork screw and two stemmed glasses. He couldn't help butto notice her warm body as it swayed into the room. She appealedto him in several respects. He already knew that she had apleasant enough personality, and now he saw that she was alsophysically appealing. "Would you like to begin right away, Star?"he asked.
"Whenever you're ready, Jim," she responded. Jim asked herto pour herself a glass of wine and have a seat in a comfortablechair. She did so and selected a chair close to Jim. She sippedon the wine and leaned back to become comfortable. Jim slowlytook her through a series of relaxation exercises and noticedthat she was making fine progress. He decided to deepen thetrance and see what happened. She was indeed imaginative andseemed to be a good subject. The trance was deepened once again.She was mentally brought down deeper and deeper by visualizing anescalator reaching to the depths of her mind. Jim could see themuscles of her body begin to relax as she sunk into the chair.
"You are now in a deeper sleep than you have ever beenbefore, Star. You are a very sensual woman, and you can feelyourself tingling all over. There is a warmth spreadingthroughout your lovely body, teasing your full breasts and paint-ing your womanhood. It merely serves to make you more comfortableand relaxed. You have often shared an interest in Science Fic-tion. I am going to take you on a journey that will enable you toexperience things that you have never felt before. From time totime you will perceive yourself to be in danger, but I stressthat at no time will I allow anything to happen to you. If at anytime you become too concerned, you may fall into a natural sleepand awaken slowly; unafraid and well rested. You are not com-pelled to do anything against your will. If you encounter any-thing that you are uncomfortable with, feel free to share thatwith me. Do you understand?" Jim asked. Star nodded slowly, andJim continued.
"You will become the character in this story, and you willsee, hear and feel everything that the character does.
"Star finds herself in a strange land. There are colors shehas never seen, sounds she's never heard and smells that havenever touched her senses. There is an abundance of lovely treesand flowers that blend to offer her eyes the most wondrous gift.She can hear a waterfall close by and smell the moisture in theair. Her heart is racing in anticipation of what experience shemay meet.
"She is science officer and has just ridden a light beam tothis strange planet's surface. Star is under orders of the Cap-tain of the vessel which has brought her to this strange globe.She is on a mission to discover if there exists intelligent lifeon this planet. She looks about and sees Maagnex, a citizen ofSzinval. Earth and Szinval have entered into an alliance of jointadventure to search the galaxy for other potential allies intheir common battle against an evil galactic empire. Maagnex isneither man nor woman. Szinvalites have the ability to selfreproduce and re-generate themselves.
"As she exchanges wary glances with her new partner, sud-denly she sees a slow flash of bluish energy strike Maagnexsquarely in the chest. It drops to the reddish ground, and sheimmediately pulls her ultra-sound weapon. Her eyes flash fromcolorful rock to unrecognized tree in an effort to locate thesource of the assassin. She sees movement to the left, andquickly turns and trains her weapon on the area of movement. Ascale-covered creature peeks out from behind a green rock andtakes aim. Star's weapon is discharged, and an inhuman soundissues forth from behind the rock.
"Cautiously, she approaches the spot where the sound camefrom. Her eyes fix on what appears to be a monster of regalproportions. He must have stood eight feet tall. He was com-pletely naked and covered with reptilian scales. She believesthat it must have been a male because of the rather large sex or-gans that resembled those of a human man. In the distance, shehears animal-like sounds and see several similar creatures ap-proaching. She is grateful that they don't look too bright.Quickly she returns to Maagnex and begins to usher it into whatappears to be a cave off to her left. As she drags Maagnex intothe cave, she feels a slight upward pull.
"She enters further into the cave and Maagnex soon feels al-most weightless. Suddenly, she feels herself rising up into theair in the interior of the cave. Maagnex is following her. Shesettles gently onto the ceiling of the cave. She is only twentyfeet into the cave, and she feels almost weightless. The wholeworld seems to be up side down. As she pulls Maagnex further intothe cave, her weight seems to increase. There was never anythinglike this in her star manual. Gravity becomes reversed in thisbizarre cave.
"Her journey continues as she attempts to find a place whereshe can administer aid to Maagnex and notify her Captain. Soonshe finds a small pool of water, resting comfortably in the ceil-ing of the cave. Maagnex groans, and she harbors some hope thatit will recover sufficiently to return to the ship's medicalstaff. Its wounds are dressed to such an extent to stop theslight bleeding that occurred, and she reaches for her communica-tion device. 'Star to Command,' she hails the ship.
"There is no answer and her concern increases that thereverse field that she has encountered has hampered her abilityto reach her ship. She must return to the mouth of the cave in aneffort to contact the ship. She decides to wait in hopes that herunwanted visitors outside the cave will take their fallen warriorand leave the area. If the crew of the ship does not hear fromStar soon, they will surely investigate.
"Minutes passed like lazy hours. She decides to approach theentrance to the cave to try again to communicate with the ship.Stealthily, she moves across the ceiling of the cave. She beginsto feel more weightless again. Just as she sees the opening, shefeels a presence and smells an odor that she can not identify.Her weapon is advanced before her. Instantly, her arm is in thecold grip of something or someone unidentifiable. The pressure onher wrist is so severe that her weapon floats away. In one swift,powerful motion she feels her suit stripped from her to exposeher bountiful breasts and vacillating thighs.
"It was one of the creatures that she had encountered uponarrival. Her heart pounds as she fights this frightening crea-ture. His cold, scaled hands gently but menacingly reach for hercurving breasts and strokes her taunt buttocks wiggling towardfreedom. Suddenly her panties disappear in one movement exposinga tuft of soft hair which protects her velvety pussy lips. Hermind is racing. This creature is trying to rape her. She sees hisengorged, towering member standing in an erect fashion. It hasincreased in size and must now be twenty inches in length and afull four inches wide. His balls are like two soft coconuts,devoid of hair.
"There is no possible way that she can survive such an as-sault. Star reaches deep within herself to muster all of herstrength and lashes out with her foot at his huge balls. Afterthe thud which sounded foreboding, she looks into his eyes todetermine what damage is done. It appeared as though he smiled.Her concern turns to panic. As they float through the air, she ishelpless to stop his drive. His cold hand reaches into thecrevice of her ass, and he spreads her legs with his strongfinger-like extensions. His other hand is around her waist, andhe draws her to him. Closer and closer his huge cock comes to herstraining pussy. It touches the lips of her pussy, and she fightshim away once again. Her strength is quickly subsiding, and sheknows that only moments stand between her and agony.
"Zap... the report of a ultra-sound weapon steals throughthe cave. Star looks into the face of her assailant to find astupid, confused look which seemed to linger motionless. Thecreature relaxed and seemed to float over into the corner of thecavern. Star remained floating in the cave, and soon her eyesfell upon Captain Jim Mandrel standing at the entrance to thegrotto. Star's relief was beyond words. 'Are you OK, Star?' askedJim.
"'Yes Captain. I've never been so glad to see anyone in mylife; in the life I almost didn't have any more. Thank you.'
"'I've never seen a reverse gravity cave before. Is Maagnexin there with you?' the Captain inquired as he attempted todivert his eyes out of deference to Star's nakedness.
"'Yes Captain. I don't know what kind of shape it's in. Ittook a pretty bad shot to the chest,' she responded as she sud-denly realized that she didn't have a stitch of clothing on.
"The Captain explains that their is a security team outside.He asks them to wait so that Star will not be embarrassed. Heenters the cave and she feels his eyes on her body as shemodestly attempts to cover herself as well as she may with herhands. The Captain sees her heavy breasts floating in the air.Her buttocks wiggle nicely as she moves her legs in an effort tomaintain balance. He indicates that he will need some help get-ting Maagnex to the entrance to the cave. She puts her modesty onthe back burner and follows him to the rear of the cavern. Shefeels her weight shift as the gravity once again begins to pullon her breasts and buttocks. This is one of the strangest feel-ings she has ever had. It is exciting. It is equally exciting howthe Captain looks at her body and tries to pretend not to see it.
"Star assists Captain Mandrel carry Maagnex to the entranceto the cavern. He indicates that she should stay well within thecave until he returns with a new uniform for her. He helped herlocate her weapon and left the cavern with Maagnex into the handsof the security team waiting to assist," Jim instructed Star.
As Jim was giving the suggestions to Star as she reclined inthe chair, he noticed that she was becoming excited from time totime. She seemed to enjoy the weightless feeling that she foundin the cave. He decided to help her capitalize on the feeling.
"You are still in the cavern, warm but naked. You remain inthe weightless area of the cave and are enjoying a feeling thatyou have never felt before. Your breasts are large but seem tofloat in the air. It is almost similar to swimming in the buff.You can feel the warm, damp air all around you; kissing yourthighs, teasing your nipples and separating your buttocks. Youenjoy the thought of Captain Mandrel sneaking peeks at yourlovely body. You enjoyed the feeling as you brushed up againsthim as you assisted him removing Maagnex from the cave. You beginto think how it would be to make love in mid-air.
"Almost uncontrollably, your hands reach up and caress yourbreasts and tweak you nipples as you wait for the Captain toreturn. Suspended in the air you reach behind you to feel thetexture of your buttocks. As you cup one breast with one hand,the other dips into your own cave to feel its wetness. You arenot sure whether it was the fear of the creature or the excite-ment that Captain Mandrel offered that made you as wet as youare. You slip one finger inside of your honey pot; then anotherand yet another. You begin to pinch and pull at your nipples.
"When I snap my fingers once, you will open your eyes. Youwill be in the cavern in a weightless state. You will notice thatthe Captain has returned and has been watching you from theshadows. You may feel free to deal with this in any way you seefit. When I snap my fingers again, you will wake up completelyand feel wonderfully rested and completely relaxed. The next timethat I snap my fingers twice and tell you to relax, you will fallinto a deep sleep just as you have this time. Do you understandall that I have told you, Star?" Jim asked.
"Yes. I understand," Star said in an almost imperceptiblevoice.
Jim snapped his fingers and Star opened her eyes. She jumpedas if she were startled and immediately covered herself with herhands. She sheepishly looked at Jim and began searching forwords.
"I'm sorry Captain. It was just a strange feeling; somethingthat I have never felt before. I don't usually touch myself. Iprefer to leave that to someone else," Star offered.
Jim returned, "with a body like that, I think I would touchit as often as I could. I'm kind of sorry now that I never paidmore attention to you. This atmosphere is exciting. It must besomething like skinny-dipping. I brought a new uniform for you. Ihope that I got the size right."
"I was just thinking the same thing.. about skinny-dipping Imean. It is uncanny how wonderful it feels. If you don't thinkyou'll be missed for a while, we could always explore this cave alittle more closely. That would give you a chance to see what itfeels like," Star said.
The Captain returned to the mouth of the cave, said some-thing on the communicator and returned. He began removing hisuniform with a rather shy smile on his face. "You only live once.Right?" he said to Star.
She smiled and opened her arms to his naked body. Their lipsmet in a warm kiss that seemed to melt with their heat. His handsreached to touch her large, but weightless breasts. She couldfeel her nipples harden to a marble-like quality as they tingledin his hands. Star felt his cock begin to make the journey fromits resting place to what must be new heights. His tool was notjust floating at this point; it was straining. She could feel itleave a trail of fluid on her thigh as it increased in bothlength and girth. Her hands reached for his buttocks to feel thehair that uniformly covered his muscular globes. His hand, inturn, found the cleft between her own ass cheeks, and heseparated these soft, tight mounds.
Her lovely, woolly cunt was dripping with anticipation. Thelips of her pussy began to pout and fold out in anticipation ofhis inevitable entrance. Jim placed the tip of his raging organinto the opening and allowed it to tease. First an inch went intothe depths; then another. He then pulled it out, covered with herhot cream. He pressed further into her slippery love hole withfour inches and again withdrew. In his next effort, he slip alleight inches of his fuck tube into her hot cunt until his ballswere well seated against her puckered ass hole. At this depth heremained, savoring the involuntary convulsions of her hot tunnel.
Lowering his head, he began to suck relentlessly on her ripenipples; feeling the spongy texture of her large breasts. Itseemed to Star as if his thick penis began to grow again. "Fuckmy sweet hole Jim. Fuck it hard and deep. Fuck me in the air. Putyour cock deeper into me than you have ever put it in any one,"she almost screamed.
Jim drove his diamond hard cock into Star with wild abandon.They floated in the air as Star bucked and road this fiery rod.Her breasts floated effortlessly, and she could feel the air sur-rounding them. Suddenly, she could feel a new rigidity enterJim's cock. He grunted deeply and began to shoot hot loads ofcream into Star's waiting hole. She too, felt a tingling begin inher toes and move throughout her body. It seemed as if it wouldlast forever. Again and again a new orgasm visited her.
Soon, they were both spent; drifting in the air. Theyrelaxed into a cuddling position and continued to touch oneanother. Jim broke the silence, "I do hope that you enjoyed it asmuch as I did."
"Wonderful! Absolutely wonderful, Captain," she responded.
"I don't doubt that this is one of the most exciting cavesthat I have ever explored. I hope that I will have the oppor-tunity to explore with you once again, Star," Jim said as hesnapped his fingers.
CHAPTER FIVE - MIND SEX
Would his mind ever quit gravitating to thoughts of gut-twisting climaxes, beautiful bodies and the dizzying aroma ofsex? Jim sat thinking of the excitement associated with some ofhis recent adventures with hypnosis and sex. He had used hypnosison his lovely wife Peggy on several occasions in scenarios rang-ing from a massage by a hunk of a man to actually fucking he anda friend at the same time. Their sex had never been so good. Hewasn't sure whether Peggy would ever have broken fear's icy griphad he not used hypnosis, but he was glad that she did. Now shewas free to experiment with her own sexuality without concern fortraditional guilt or jealousy.
Jim did have to deal with his own guilt however. Hedeveloped the usual arguments about allowing his wife to bepromiscuous. They included reputation, children, jealousy andrelationship. He felt quite confident that, as long as they werediscrete, neither his nor Peggy's reputation would suffer. Theirchildren were all but grown now. Both daughters were away at col-lege. On the topic of jealousy, they had seen too many of theirfriends break up or divorce because they were jealous of anotherperson. He was confident that no man or woman could challengetheir emotional commitments. If that were possible, theyshouldn't be together in the first place.
Before Jim ever committed to involve himself in the life-style of sexual freedom, he searched his heart. If Peggy neverhad a sexy thought about another man, she probably wouldn't benormal. Should he allow himself to be jealous of that? Did hewant Peggy to become enraged if he wanted another woman? Vir-tually every man he knew strayed from time to time. When it wasdone with deception it was always negative and sometimes resultedin broken relationships. Had they not been broad-minded enough,he was sure that they would have lost one another long ago. Itwould have been a terrible waste, because in all other mattersthey were the best of friends and excellent partners in life.Guilt and jealousy, as a result, were not valid issues. Theirlife had been vastly enhanced with no danger of deception ruiningtheir relationship.
Jim's mind began to work on sharing these principals withothers with two motives in mind. The first motive was, quitenaturally, to locate other individuals that turned him on. Thenext was to promote the use of hypnosis in sex and the lifestyleof sexual freedom. The day didn't go by that he didn't sign on tothe computer bulletin board service. They had a great x-ratedsection that permitted him to chat with others about sexanonymously. Obviously, most of the people that he chatted withwere women. They would share their sexual fantasies with him andhe with them.
Jim had also left public messages on the system suggestingthat if anyone cared to discuss a swinging lifestyle or hypnosisin the bed room that they should feel free to contact him. Oneday after logging on to the system, he heard his computer beep.This was accompanied by a message indicating that Don wanted tochat with him. Jim responded to the page and welcomed the caller.Don, a computer communicator from Western Illinois, inquiredwhether or not Jim was serious about the use of hypnosis in thebed room. Jim indicated that he was and explained some of theuses of hypnosis to improve sexual relationships.
Excitement was evident in Don's responses. Jim asked whetherDon and his lady had ever experimented with other persons outsideof their relationship. Don indicated that he had not, but wouldnot be opposed if Donna would consent. He went on to say that shewould likely not be interested, but that he would discuss thetopic with her. Jim suggested that Don allow Donna to read one ofthe stories that he wrote on the topic. If she demonstrated anyinterest, they could pursue the matter further. Don thanked Jimfor his information, indicated that the conversation had reallyturned him on and assured Jim that he would get back to him.
A few days went by and Jim heard nothing further from Don.Then one day as Jim was jumping around the bulletin board systemhe was again paged. He responded to the page and found Don wait-ing to continue the previous conversation. Don indicated that hehad offered Jim's article to Donna and that she had found it veryinteresting. Additionally he and Donna had discussed the topic of"hypnosex" at length, became very aroused at the many doors thatthis would open for them and fucked each other's brains out af-terward. Jim got a smile on his face as his mind turned to mo-ments gone by. He had similar experiences and could identify withthe other couple.
Don asked Jim if he would ever be willing to travel to Il-linois to put on a demonstration of hypnosis. As he heard thisrequest, he could feel the warmth begin to develop in his pants.Jim's cock began to grow thinking about the prospect of teachingyet others to reach the heights that he and Peggy did. He indi-cated that it was possible that he could take a long weekend andvisit with them. Jim also told Don that there would be no obliga-tion to continue to pursue such avenues if after they met himthey did not feel comfortable. Don told Jim that he would leavesome electronic mail for him explaining how to reach Don's houseand other incidentals. They bid each other good bye and signedoff the system.
Jim was an accomplished hypnotist. He had been using hyp-nosis clinically for years helping police departments interviewwitnesses for recall of events. He had never had the occasion touse hypnosis on anyone other than Peggy for purposes of improvedsex. This was indeed exciting. He would be able to teach Donnahow to improve and intensify her climaxes. He would be able toteach her mind how to fly to a secluded beach with her lover,shape her lover into any person she wanted and have the best sexshe had ever known. Don would also benefit by the same abilities.He could stay harder longer, turn Donna into anyone he wanted to,be more responsive to his partner's needs and generally enjoy allof his adventures much better. His cock was hard just thinking ofall of the possibilities.
The date was set. Jim had arranged for an extended weekend.He would go to Chicago to attend a trade show for his businessand then scurry over to Western Illinois. As he drove, histhoughts turned to his own sexuality and many of the experienceshe had over the years. He was getting a little older, but waspleased that he had stayed in shape. As he hit the Indiana line asmile appeared on his face. He was remembering several of hisfriends and his children teasing him about how much he resembledIndiana Jones. It wasn't only his appearance; he even acted likehim from time to time. The road continued to disappear under thehood of his car as his mind turned to many of the hot times hehad experienced.
His Chicago trip was basically routine. He pulled out of theHoliday Inn Merchandise Mart and began moving westward. Hesnapped in a cassette that responded with soft tunes designed toinvite thought. Invite it they did. Jim's mind again returned tovisions of previous hot moments; Peggy's unbridled excitement thefirst time she thought she was being touched by another man. Ofcourse this was Jim, but Peggy's mind and body reacted as if itwere another man. New hands on her heavy breasts, a strange penispoised at the lips of her quivering pussy, a sharp, warm tonguepressed against her tight buttocks were the moments that traveledthrough Jim's mind. He was becoming so rigid that he thought hiszipper would burst. Then there was the time that Peggy had ac-tually touched another man for the first time. Jim could see thisas sure as if it were happening here, in the car, before his veryeyes. The miles clicked by on the odometer as visions of hot,sweet encounters danced through his memory.
The message and directions that Jim had received from Donsuggested that they meet at the lounge of a local hotel at eightin the evening. Jim didn't have a problem with that. These peopledidn't know him and would obviously be skeptical. What if Jimwere a gargoyle type with warts on his nose and rolls of fathanging from a copious frame? It was only prudent for them towant to meet Jim in a neutral location so they could excuse them-selves if they were uncomfortable with him. Jim checked into thehotel, got settled, cleaned up and headed for the restaurant toget a bite to eat.
Dining alone was an interesting experience. You don'tusually get bogged down in a conversation that distracts you, soyou can often analyze people a little better. You eat at yourleisure, scan the room for interesting people, and enjoy an un-common solace. Jim was convinced that his libido was in rare formas his eyes locked on to a waitress with an usually great-lookingass. As she moved across the room her buttocks rolled with suchgrace that Jim could feel himself stiffen. Her uniform was cut insuch a way that her small but well-shaped breasts danced nicely.He memorized her curves and her pretty face so that he might useself hypnosis at a later date to make love with her.
Dinner being history, Jim lit a cigarette and sipped on hisafter-dinner drink. He continued to evaluate the inhabitants ofthe room. Now wouldn't it be great if that couple sitting at thetable next to the aquarium were Don and Donna. The lady hadbeautiful brown hair, sparkling brown eyes, about 5'5" tall, witha very lovely shape. She appeared to be blessed with full breaststhat seemed to be about a 34 C. She had the loveliest smile andwinning manner. They were enjoying their dinner and one another.Jim was incredulous when he thought about all of the couples thatseemed to be in competition with one another as opposed to beingpartners and friends. This couple seemed to be the type thatwould not let jealousy get in the way of their friendship. Jimcould see their genuine laughter tickle through the room fromtime to time. They looked at one another with respect, and Jimliked that.
Jim paid the check and got up from the table. As he beganwalking away from the table his foot caught one leg of the chairnext to him and over it went. Nothing like being embarrassed totears as the room came to a silent halt. Putting on his red face,he smiled at the couple next to the aquarium and exited the room.The lounge, called "The Hound," was an interesting place. Itresembled a victorian scene. There were old British gas lightsthroughout the room providing the only lighting. The floor wasmade to resemble cobblestones, and there was piped in hansom caband other street sounds. He expected Sherlock Holmes and Dr. Wat-son to come through the door at any minute. He walked over to arough hewn table and pulled out one of the heavy wooden chairs tosit down.
This decor was wonderful. The walls were graced with twomounted deer heads and one huge moose head. In another corner wasa suit of armor complete with shield and sword. Old pottery andpewter tableware accented the room. While glancing around theroom, he was startled by someone standing next to him. He gave aslight jump in response to Bridgit's request to assist him. Whata great looking waitress. She was dressed in the costume of anenglish barmaid. He bodice was very low cut and her cleavageseemed to speak to him. He had difficulty removing his eyes fromher breasts to answer her. When he finally did look up he sawthat Bridgit was also possessed of an absolutely beautiful facewith slightly overlapping front teeth. She smiled and again re-quested his order handing him what appeared to be a british fivepound note. She also told him that the specials were on thereverse of what appeared to be english currency. He ordered atall rum and coke.
As Bridgit walked away, Jim's eyes were glued to her lovelybuttocks as they swayed playfully toward the bar. He watcher heras she placed the drink on a tray and returned to his table. Asshe bent over to set a napkin in front of him Jim's eyes wereagain treated to a cock-wrenching view of her ample breasts. Onceagain she bent over and placed his drink in front of him. Jimsaid, "Good god almighty, if you continue to serve drinks to melike that, I'll be ordering one every minute."
Bridgit grinned at him and told him that it was early andthat it would be best if he paced himself. "Only if you promisethat one day before I die you will fall passionately in love withme and let me drink a small cup of your bath water," Jim teased.
The lovely waitress again chuckled and bounced away from thetable. Jim was enamored by Bridgit to say the least. She made himwant to ask the one about, what's a nice girl like you etc. Jimwas thinking that it was rather slow in the lounge as he heardthe sound of what appeared to be Big Ben sounding seven o'clock.Just another hour to kill, thought Jim. He wanted to gulp hisdrink just so Bridgit would return with another. Ten minutes wentby, and he could feel the lovely waitress sneaking peeks at himfrom time to time. He wasn't peeking; he was staring, and Bridgitdidn't seem to mind.
She returned to his table and asked if there was anythingthat she could do for him. She quickly caught what she had saidand stumbled with the words, "well you know what I mean."
"Unfortunately, young lady, I do. However, I would likeanother drink if you wouldn't mind," Jim responded. She againsmiled and danced off to acquire another rum and coke. Shereturned more quickly this time as the bartender wasn't verybusy. Once again her lovely globes bounced in front of Jim'seyes. This time he was not quite so obvious in his appreciation.He thought it would be better to be cool and collected and notseem too anxious.
Bridgit stood and talked with him for a while about the ob-vious interests before she was called away to another table. Jimhad learned that she was twenty-nine years of age. She had a fouryear old daughter. She had returned to school in an effort to gether degree in computer science, and she had only been workinghere for about three days. Bridgit had recently broken up withher boyfriend, but she really didn't care to discuss that in anydetail. Jim felt comfortable that she had some interest in him.He indicated that he was married and filled her in on the otherusual details.
Jim's lovely waitress returned several times and offered hima smile every time their glance met. At about 7:50 the couplethat was sitting next to the aquarium in the restaurant walkedinto the lounge. They glanced at Jim, and his discomfort returnedabout almost falling on his ass in front of them. They selected atable three tables over from Jim and were seated. Bridgit wassoon there to take their orders. Again they demonstrated theirmutual excitement and interest. Things began to perk up a little.Two other couples entered and were seated. Several single men andwomen came in and gravitated to the bar. When the music began toplay the atmosphere was somewhat changed. No longer did Jim feelas though he were trapped in a time warp. He was a little sad-dened at the loss of the victorian era.
Now the hard part came. There were several couples in thelounge and many singles. How in the hell would Jim be able todetermine who Don and Donna were? His eyes traveled the room,hoping that someone would offer some signal. One of the newcouples who had entered seemed to be making more than usual eyecontact with Jim. He got up from his chair and went over to theirtable. He approached the man and asked if his name was Don. "No,I'm sorry, you got the wrong guy," responded the man. Christ, didhe ever feel like an ass hole. Why couldn't he have agreed on asignal that they could use? He excused himself and returned tohis table. No sooner did he get re-seated, the man from res-taurant aquarium approached him. "You look as if you could beJim," he said.
"You have to think me a real klutz," Jim smiled as he roseto shake Don's hand.
"Oh, you mean the chair in the dining room. No, don't worryabout it. I slipped on my ass getting out of the car to come inhere. There wasn't anyone around so I didn't feel so bad. Whydon't you come over and join us," said Don.
Jim gathered up his glass and followed Don over to histable. He was very pleasantly surprised that this was the couplethat he would get to know. Donna was even lovelier up close. Shehad such a pleasant voice and demure handshake. Jim enjoyed theway she continued to hold his hand while they were being intro-duced.
"Can you really accomplish all of the wonderful things thatI read about through hypnosis Jim?" inquired Donna.
"I hesitate saying 'yes' without reservation. You can domany things and do them quickly if you are a good subject. If youare not what is referred to as a somnambulist, it may take prac-tice and the necessary time would be increase," offered Jim.
Don asked, "how do you determine whether or not someone is agood subject?"
Jim explained, "it is often a matter of trial and error.Some methods work better with one person than another. One thingis for sure, each of us can experience hypnosis to one degree oranother. Your sexual experiences can always be improved. If youfeel comfortable, after we finish our drinks, we can go to theroom or to your place and experiment. If you become uncomfort-able, we can stop and return for a leisurely chat."
Don and Donna looked at one another, smiled and agreed togive it a shot. They indicated that they would feel more comfort-able if they were to go to Jim's room. He assured them that itwas fine with him, that he would pay his tab and see them in room338 as soon as they were ready.
Jim walked up to Bridgit, tapped her on the shoulder andasked for his bill. She seemed a little disappointed that he wasleaving. He told her that he had a meeting and may be able toreturn later. She didn't respond; she merely smiled. Jim turnedto walk away when he heard her say, "I hope you can make it back.We're open till 2:30." Jim smiled and exited the lounge.
As he walked toward the room, he felt a shiver of excitementrun through him. He hoped that both of the subjects would be deeptrance subjects. He would interview them about what they hope toaccomplish when they got to the room.
It didn't take long for Jim to hear a knock at the door. Hequickly opened the door and was faced with a couple that had alook on their face as if they were at the door of a house party.Jim immediately asked them for their coats and secured them."Come in and make yourselves comfortable. I'm sorry I can't offeryou anything to drink right now. After we talk for a little whilewe can have a cocktail or some wine.
The interview proved interesting and gave him a good idea ofwhat the couple hoped to accomplish. Donna indicated that she wasvery nervous, but added that she was raised to believe that itwas sinful to wander from one's intended or chosen partner. Donwas surprised to hear her say that she had had thoughts aboutother men just as any other woman would. She indicated that shewould likely not want fear or jealousy to threaten her relation-ship.
Jim was able to determine that her orgasms were generallystandard, and she was in good physical and psychological health.She thought that it would be great to be able to fantasize aboutmaking love in another, more adventurous time. She wanted to be agirl on the Spanish Gold Coast who had been kidnaped by piratesaboard a frigate and rescued by a dashing swashbuckler who lookedvery much like Richard Gear. She thought that he was one of themost sexy men she had ever seen.
Don was then interviewed, and Jim was satisfied that he toowas sound and had normal fantasies. All of this excited Jim. Hewas happy that he had established a rapport with this lovelycouple. Jim then said, "let's now get down to business. Donna, Iam first going to show you how to relax so you can enjoy theexperience." He moved a chair away from the table and placed itfacing a blind corner of the room. Donna was instructed to sit inthe chair and focus on a point on the wall. Jim began speaking toDonna and showed her how to relax more completely. Soon it wasapparent to Jim that Donna would be a good subject. He put herinto a light trance and continued to speak to her. Deeper anddeeper she went. Soon she was very deeply asleep.
Jim instructed her to remain in a deep trance and not toawaken until she was told to wake up. Don was simply amazed as heasked, "do you mean to tell me that she is completed hypnotized?"Jim assured him that she was. He went on to explain that he woulddo a few experiments to better illustrate what was happening. Jimturned to Donna and gave her a post-hypnotic suggestion that whenshe heard the words "the rain in Spain falls mainly in theplane," she would find herself on a desert island all alone. Shewould be on the beach. She could hear the gulls and the wavesrolling against the shore. She would have the desire to take herclothing off and bask in the warm rays of the sun. She would becompletely alone and could then do anything that she wanted.
The suggestions was also give that from now on, when Jimsnapped his fingers twice, she would fall into a very deep hyp-notic trance. He also gave her the ability to create any dreamthat she wanted to. All she had to do was to envision the personshe wanted to be with, where she wanted to be and what she wantedto be doing; she would then say the word "Alpha" to herself,close her eyes, and she would fall into a deep sleep for tenminutes and have the dream she fashioned.
At this point Donna was woken up slowly and told that shewould remember nothing of the experience. She was also told thatshe would feel very refreshed and rested, as well as very sexy."Now wake up feeling wonderful," Jim urged.
Donna told Jim and Don that she felt good but really didn'tthink that it had worked. Jim had a self assured smile on hisface and indicated to the couple that this was often the case butshe really was very deeply asleep. She disagreed with Jim, butdid indicate that she was grateful for being taught how to sodeeply relax. She hadn't felt this good in a long time. Jim askedher if she would like a demonstration of post-hypnotic suggest-ion. She indicated that it would interest her. "The rain in Spainfalls mainly in the plane," were Jim's next words.
Donna got up from the chair as her eyes seemed to be focusedon something far away. She kicked off her shoes as her fingersstarted to unbutton her blouse. Don couldn't believe his eyes.Donna was normally very modest about such things. Her thumbshooked themselves inside of her slacks and down they came. Shecurled her arms up behind her back and unfasten her bra. Therewas a look of embarrassment and excitement on both men's faces.Don opened his mouth to speak not knowing whether he should doso. Jim looked at Don and said, "feel free to talk if you wantto. She can't hear or see you."
As her bra fell to the ground, she slipped her panties offand discarded them also. There she was in all of her lovely nudesplendor. Her bold breasts spreading across her chest as shestretched feeling the warmth of the sun lick her body. Her but-tocks were flexed tight as she stood on her tip toes trying toget closer to the sun. She let out an appreciative moan as shelowered herself to the bed. Jim and Don watched as she lay theresoaking up the sun. She soon turned over to offer her backside tothe warmth. Jim's cock was hard now. Not only was he very excitedsexually with this vision, he was excited that he was able toshare this wonder with Donna and Don.
Jim explained much of what was happening to Don. Soon Donnarolled over and began to squirm. Her hands went to her breastsand the thumb and forefinger of each hand were rolling hernipples gently. She squeezed her thighs together and began moan-ing. Don was very excited as he told Jim that he had never seenDonna touch herself. He was amazed at how erotic it was. Donna'sleft hand suddenly dropped to her soft public hair and her legsopened slightly. She was searching in the folds of her pussy. Herfingers were now wet with excitement.
She gently ran her slippery fingers over the lips of herswollen pussy. Don was convinced that this was likely the hottesthe had ever been. He wanted to rip his clothes off and fuck herlike he had never fucked her before. Jim calmed him down and ad-vised him that there would be time for that later. The experimentshould continue. Don agreed, but could not take his hand off ofhis rock-hard cock.
Jim walked over to the bed and snapped his fingers twice. Assoon as he did, Donna returned to her deep sleep. Jim instructedher that he would wake her soon. When she woke up, she wouldremember everything that occurred. She would remember it withoutembarrassment and feel very pleased with herself. Additionallywhen she heard the word "Beta" she would feel a mini climax and atingling in her nipples. She was instructed to place herself un-der the sheets and wake up slowly.
Soon Donna was awake. She simply starred at both men. "Ican't believe it. It was one of the nicest dreams I ever had. Itwas so sexy. I didn't know I could get that turned on. Hollychrist! My clothes are off. What happened to my clothes?" Donnaasked.
Don responded to her first, "you took them off when you wereon the beach honey. It wasn't just a dream. It really happened.We saw everything. Do you feel OK?"
"Yes I feel great, but I can hardly believe that I took myclothes off in front of Jim. I don't even ...." Donna began.
"...Know me?" asked Jim. "No you don't, but apparently youfelt comfortable enough with me to do just that. You can now doother wonderful things. Do you remember the post-hypnotic sug-gestion that I gave you about creating your own dreams?"
She indicated that she did, and Jim urged her to try it now.Donna thought for a minute and said the word "Alpha" out loud.She soon fell into a deep sleep. Don and Jim watched what ap-peared to be a fitful sleep, but the looks on Donna's face werethose of ecstasy and lust. They watched slight movements of herbody as if she were having a wonderful sexy dream. In exactly tenminutes she woke up and sat bolt upright in the bed. She clutchedthe bed sheet to her breasts, but walked on her knees over to thetwo men. Both men had large smiles on their faces. She reached upand kissed Don. "It was absolutely wonderful honey," were herwords.
She offered her lips to Jim who hungrily accepted them. Shehave him a big kiss and said, "I don't know how to thank you Jim.These feelings are probably the best I've ever had. I am still sohot I don't know what to do with myself." Jim's cock hardenedeven more as Donna pressed her sheet-covered breasts against him.As she hugged him, he was offered the greatest view of her but-tocks over her shoulder.
Jim, trying to keep his wits about him said, "and the nicething about it is that you can do this anytime you want. I wantto show you something else Donna. 'Beta!'" Donna sank back ontothe bed and let the sheet fall from her body. Her eyes rolledslightly as the small climax began to diminish. "Anytime you wantto get to small nut, just say the word 'Beta,'" Jim assured her."Now I'm going to ask you both to come back tomorrow night if youwould like. I want to work with Don and teach you both how to dosome other amazing things." Donna got dressed, and she and Donthanked Jim as they left the room.
The clock at the side of the bed read 11:37. Jim didn'treally feel tired, and he wanted to see Bridgit again, so hefreshened up and headed for the lounge. The lovely waitressseemed awfully happy to see him return. She came quickly over tohis table and asked him if he needed anything. This time he toldher, "you'll never know, but I'll settle for another drink."
Bridgit said, "I'll get you the drink, but I would like toknow." She pranced away with what appeared to be an extra effortat swinging her fanny. It didn't go unnoticed by Jim. He was soaroused after having seen the experience that Donna just had thathe badly wanted to make love with Bridgit. He could think oflittle else.
Soon she returned with his drink. This time when she placedit in front of him she intentionally lingered to expose her largebreasts to his gaze. He took full advantage of it and said,"please tell me that you have fallen passionately in love with meand can't live without me."
"I don't know that that is the case, but I would like tospend some time getting to know you better. It's a little slowright now. Would you like me to see if I can get off a littleearly," she asked.
"I would love that," Jim hastened. He was wondering whetheror should just be straight forward and ask her to his room, or ifhe should offer to take her someplace for a drink or coffee.
He didn't have to wonder long. She returned to say that shecould leave in fifteen minutes. "Would you like to just go up toyour room and we could have something sent up?" she inquired.
"That would be great. What if I go up and get the drinks or-dered so we won't have a wait? What do you like to drink?" Jimasked.
"Scotch and water is fine. No, make is white wine. See yousoon. I got the room number from the restaurant. OK, so I was alittle curious," she said with a smile.
Jim hurried to the room and placed the order for room serv-ice. He also ordered a sea food snack tray. The time wouldn'tpass quickly enough. In a short time there was a knock at thedoor. He jumped to answer it. It was room service. He admittedthe server, signed the check and quickly offered the tip. Nosooner did he get the tray over to the table, he heard anotherknock at the door. His blood began to run more quickly. It wasBridgit. She was dressed in a lovely pastel sweater that providedsufficient accent to her lovely breasts and dark slacks thatgratefully hugged her rounded buttocks. "Please make yourselfcomfortable," Jim offered.
She sat at the table and told Jim that he shouldn't havegone to all this trouble. He assured her it was no trouble andjoined her. They enjoyed some interesting small talk as they com-pleted the snacks. Bridgit asked Jim if he would mind if shefreshened up a bit. Jim told her that his place was her place.She gave him a little kiss and moved toward the bath room. Jimwas anxious to hold her in his arms. Soon he heard the water run-ning in the bath tub. He hadn't thought that she was this seriousabout freshening up. Apparently she was. Well, he could wait. Hepoured himself another glass of wine and settled down for thewait. Soon Bridgit called his name. He approached the door andasked if she needed anything. She asked him if he would object towashing her back. The smile spread across his face as he enteredthe bath room.
She twisted to hang up the last remnant of her clothing andJim was treated to a view of her exciting buttocks. Naked, theywere even more exciting with the deep groove separating them.
She turned to him and came toward him, and he watchedshocked and fascinated as the twin breasts swayed from side toside, making the nipples dance. With a cute smile she steppedinto the tub, bringing her hot sweet flesh within inches of histhrobbing cock.
He couldn't take his eyes off of her as she slid into thewater and urged him to join her. His clothes fell like rain.Somehow they managed to twist their limbs so that they both fitwell into the tub, her legs resting neatly on his and curledaround his hips. She handed him the soap and asked him to washher. His initial attempt was on her back, but soon the temptationproved too much for him and he concentrated on her bountifulbreasts, covering them in lather.
She giggled as his hands massaged the firm flesh and tweakedthe hard nipples. He had an overwhelming urge to suck her beggingnipples, but decided that the lather would likely not be to hisliking. He confined himself to running his hands over herbreasts, tweaking her nipples with his thumbs, making her shudderwith excitement. Her red lips were parted and she was breathingheavily while her sensuous eyes were hooded, making her look likea feline predator waiting to spring on its prey.
Jim knelt up and washed her flat stomach, taking his time,tantalizing himself until he could hold back no longer. Hereached down into the forest that obscured the new object of hisdesire. He soaped the thick fur and then, using the soap hepushed the hair aside to reveal her rosy slit. He parted thepuffy lips gently and eased a finger inside her volcanic hole.
Bridgit moaned out loud and laced an arm around his neck andbrought his face towards hers in a deep hungry kiss. Her tongueforced itself between his lips and into his mouth. It was fran-tic, agile and quick as it searched for Jim's tongue. He wasstill sliding his finger in and out of her hot cunt while histhumb rubbed her growing clit. His other hand was still squeezingher breasts and nipples. Their embrace became more and more pas-sionate and his cock was jerking around like a taunt fire hose.
Finally they broke apart, both of them flushed with eroticdesire. Bridgit stood up and stepped out of the tub grabbing atowel and began to dry herself off. She pulled Jim to his feetand wiped him dry. He couldn't remember the last time someonedried him. I reminded him of his childhood, but there was nothingchild-like about the raging erection which she also paid atten-tion to.
She dropped the towel to the floor as their warm, moistbodies met in a new embrace, and they kissed deeply once again.His stiff bone was pressed up against her hard belly as Jimnoticed the bed which seemed to beckon to him. When they got tothe bed, she again took the initiative. She pushed him back onthe bed. He felt awkward as his legs dangled off the end of thebed. Her hands had found Jim's erect pole and were gently strok-ing it up and down. Bridgit held the hard cock upright as herlips lowered to meet it. He felt her lips close around it.
His cock was getting wetter and wetter as she left a trailof warm saliva with each plunge, and his organ was jerking power-fully in the sheath of her lips. He could hear the erotic slurp-ing noises as she eagerly and expertly swallowed his pulsatingramrod to the back of her throat. Jim's hips were responding toher rhythm by lifting to meet her attack, penetrating her moredeeply. Deeper and harder she sucked. Jim knew that he would notbe able to withstand much more without loosing control. Jimstopped her with a groan of passion. "Wait, wait Bridgit. I don'twant it to end yet," Jim pleaded.
Jim began kissing her body. He sucked on her nipples as hermoans came in harmony with his efforts. He reluctantly let anipples escape as his lips traveled down her body, kissing andlicking every inch of her flesh as he slowly slid down to histarget area. He could feel her hands trying to hurry his journey,but he resisted and took his time, savoring the texture and tasteof her flesh. Soon he reached the forest of public hair fromwhich rose an intoxicating aroma of pussy juices. Her legs partedand he could see the pink, puffy lips nestled in the patch ofhair, glistening with arousal.
His tongue plunged into the hot lava of her love volcano. Heknew that she would not release her grip on him until he sucked,licked and lapped her hot cunt to explosion. With his handsfirmly holding her wiggling buttocks, he furiously drove his hardtongue into her body massaging the walls of her cunt, dartingfrom side to side and gathering up the love juices. SoonBridgit's cunt exploded and poured its cream inside Jim's waitingmouth. He drank her womanly nectar as if he would never have thechance to do this again. She screamed as her climax broke andseemed to swallow her up.
Jim didn't want her to loose all of the excitement of herclimax as he swiftly mounted her, and using his fist aimed thehead of his eight inch rod into her very slippery pussy, partingthe puffy lips and scouring through the hot liquids until hiscock was fully embedded in her. He eased his hands under herample ass cheeks and grasped the resilient flesh, pulling her up-ward as he shoved his cock yet deeper into her tunnel. Her bodyimmediately responded and the embers of her previous climaxflared into life. She started to meet every thrust with an upwardheave of her hips.
It was Bridgit's body that first broke the stride. Suddenly,her hips froze the rhythm and then started to jerk up and downvery fast, thrusting her cunt more fiercely over Jim's huge or-gan. Her greasy pussy was endeavoring to swallow his cock wholeand keep it in the greedy clutch of her vaginal muscles. Shescreamed in jolts. The fierce clutch of her wet cunt on his cockwas too much for him to take. His back stiffened and arched whilehis cock attempted to find new depths. Very soon his cock polebegan to erupt furiously into Bridgit's tight, hairy cunt hole.They slipped into sleep almost immediately afterward.
The next morning when Jim awoke, Bridgit was gone. He founda note on hotel stationary wherein she excused herself and toldhim that she hoped to see him again soon. Jim read the note as hetried to blink away his sleep. He rolled around the bed remember-ing the wonderful evening. After a time of lovely thought, he gotup and took a shower. He dressed and went down to the dining roomto have some breakfast. When he returned, the red message lightwas flashing on his phone. He called down to the desk to findthat there was a message for him to call Don.
After speaking with Don, it was decided that they wouldagain meet this afternoon at about two o'clock. Jim had broughthis lap top computer with him and was able to get a little writ-ing in. He also wiled away part some of the day shopping andreading. He was anxious to meet with Don and Donna to see whatother successes they could achieve.
Two o'clock soon arrived and shortly thereafter there came aknock at the door. Jim went to the door and opened it with asmile. Donna's brown eyes were staring into his own, and Don wasstanding just behind her.
"Please do come in," Jim said as he stepped aside. "Did youhave a good evening last night?"
Don hastened to respond, "I don't think we ever had such anexciting day in our lives. When we got home we continued to talkabout the experience and conducted several experiments ourselves.Donna was able to have several dreams. I merely watched, and itwas a very hot time. I was also able to use the post-hypnoticsuggestion "Beta" to give her multiple minor orgasms. It servedas a remarkable addition to our regular foreplay," said Don.Donna seemed a little embarrassed by the descriptive narrative.
Jim explained that it was now Don's turn to experience thetrance state. Don was asked to take a seat, and they got im-mediately under way. Jim helped Don relax through a method thatrequires the subject to flex and relax various parts of his body.Soon Don was completely relaxed, and Jim began speaking softlyand clearly. After a short while Don was in the trance state. Jimcontinued to work with him and deepen the trance.
In the minutes that passed, Jim taught Don how to use auto-hypnosis to hallucinate visually. He was able to change thesight, sound, taste and feel of his partner. His post-hypnoticsuggestion was precipitated by the words "hypnosex partner." Whenhe said or heard the words "come back" all of his senses wouldreturn to normal. He was also given the suggestion that wheneverhe heard the words "rock-hard cock," he would get an immediateerection. He was also told that when he said or hear the words,"relax it," his erection would subside. Jim woke him up slowly,assuring him that he would feel wonderful and well rested.
As Don opened his eyes his head dropped to his hands. Whenasked how he felt, he answered that he felt great and wanted toknow how he did. He was told that he did very well and was nowcapable of doing some remarkable things. "Go ahead and try itout," said Donna.
Don repeated, "hypnosex partner," and stared at Donna inshear surprise. He got up and walked over to her, putting hishands around her waist. His lips sought hers as his right handdropped to the cleft of her buttocks. They were beginning to getcarried away when Jim spoke the words, "come back."
Don was shocked at who he found in his arms. "I almost feelguilty Donna. You were someone else. I was kissing someone elseand feeling her ass," Don said in wonder.
"Was it exciting?" Donna asked. Don assured her that it wasand told Jim that it was unbelievable.
"Rock-hard cock," were the next words out of Jim's mouth.Immediately the front of Don's pants developed a huge bulge. Donwas again amazed. He couldn't believe that his penis could bethis hard on demand. He wanted to know how this was possible.
Jim went on to draw an analogy for them. He inquired as towhether or not Don ever woke up in the morning, not necessarilyhorny, with a huge stiff. Don told him that he had. Jim continuedto explain that an erection was merely blood rushing into thepenis. There is a part in the brain that directs blood to thepenis upon arousal. The mind controls so many of our functions.It is a simple matter to control this when all conditions areright. He also explained that often men question themselves aboutimpotence because even when they want to get an erection, theysometimes can't. They begin to question themselves. If you everget an erection upon waking up in the morning, your mind waslikely relaxed and thinking about sex. We all have mental imagesthat can make us aroused. Sometimes we don't know exactly whatthey are. Don's cock remained hard as Jim explained. The words"relax it," were then spoken, and Don's erection began to godown.
"Now, let's work with Donna some more. OK with you Donna?"Jim asked. She responded in the affirmative and was asked to takea seat. She sat in the chair and was questioned about whetherthere was anything specific she wanted to learn how to do. Sheindicated to Jim that she was very impressed with what Don hadbeen able to do, and she would like to be able to bring on hal-lucinations as well. Jim snapped his finger twice, and Donna'schin fell slowly to her chest in complete relaxation.
He took her deeper and deeper into a wonderful sleep as hefelt Don tap him on the shoulder. "Can she hear us?" Don asked.Jim indicated that she could hear unless directed not to. Doncontinued, "ask her not to hear our conversation so I can tellyou something." Jim did this and urged Don to continue. Don said,"you know Jim, Donna and I spoke about quite a few things lastnight when we got home. At my urging, she told me that she wouldlike to make it with another man but was afraid. She specificallysaid that she thought you were very sexy. Is there anything wecould do to remove her anxiety about trying another man? I know Iam ready to ignore jealousy. I trust her, but I want her to haveit all. Do you find her desirable?"
Jim assured him that, "she was indeed a very sexy woman. Ithink we can trade places in her mind, if you think she wouldlike it."
Don agreed. Jim spoke to Donna again, "you are now moredeeply asleep than you have ever been before. When you awaken,Don will become Jim and Jim will be Don in every way. Jim willlook like Don, sound like him, feel like him and taste like him.You will find yourself uncontrollably attracted to him and willneed to feel him inside you. You will feel free to do anythingwith him that pleases you without regard for who else is in theroom. In fact, because someone is watching you, you will becomeeven more excited. When you hear me clap my hands twice, Jim andDon will again trade places and be themselves. you will remembernothing until I clap my hands twice." Jim also gave her the sug-gestion that she will be able to change Don any time she wished,just as Don had learned. Jim told her that she would wake up veryslowly, feeling wonderful and refreshed.
Donna began to open her eyes slowly. "I really can't remem-ber anything. Did it go well?" she asked and looked at Don. Dontold her that everything went very well. She got up from thechair and moved toward Jim. "Honey, I don't really know why, butI have this uncontrollable urge to screw you eyes out. And oddlyenough, I don't even care if Jim watches. What did you do to meJim?" she asked of Don with an unusual sparkle in her brown eyes.Jim opened his arms as Donna fell into them with her mouth par-tially open.
Don sunk into a chair next to the table with a curious lookon his face. Jim looked over at him and Don nodded his head,giving authority to proceed. Jim could see Don's hand fall uponhis already hard cock as his hands began to explore Donna's fullbreasts. Donna stepped back and removed her top in one quick mo-tion. She tore at the buttons to Jim's shirt. Soon they were allbut naked. Only her panties remained as she returned to Jim'sembrace, rubbing her pubic mound against his leg. Don settledback and unzipped his trousers. His thick cock was withdrawn, andhe stroked its length as his eyes watched every move of Donna andher lover. Jim reached his hand inside of Donna's pink pantiesonto the swell of her buttocks. Squeezing the wonderfully tex-tured flesh of her fanny gave Jim all the more reason to becomeharder. Donna dipped in to his shorts, and her hand felt his cocklength increase.
The aroma of this lovely woman rose to meet Jim's nostrils.She felt the cream beginning to seep from the eye of his steel-like hammer. Panties and shorts were removed in speedy unison asthey fell to the bed. Don was now stroking his huge cock morequickly. His balls were being tortured by his zipper. He stood upand removed his pants and shorts, continuing to beat his meat.Each time he stroked his cock, he saw something else that drovehim crazy. Jim's hands were filled with breast flesh. He loweredhis head to suck on the pert nipples and tweaked them softly withhis teeth.
Donna's groans were now music to Don's ears. Another man hadhis fingers in her pussy. Jim would pull the slick coveredfingers from her gushing hole and rub the button of her ass hole.Moving slowly down from her nipples, Jim began kissing the swellof her belly, biting her lightly on the hip bones. This made herjump half way off the bed. She grabbed Jim's head and tried topush him into her hair-covered cunt. He resisted and continuedhis efforts slowly. His tongue traveled all around her love box,teasing the soft hairs and licking her thighs. Closer and closerhis lips came to her love button. In a quick motion, Donna movedtoward Jim's raging penis. Her lovely lips opened and she slidthe length of Jim's cock into her mouth, sucking hard. Up anddown this immense shaft her mouth moved. Don could see the trailof his wife's saliva on this man's thick bone.
Jim mouth suddenly opened and covered Donna's swollen cuntlips. His tongue drove deeply into her hole as he tasted her cunthoney. He sucked on her clit, bringing it into full hardness. Itwas like a small spear between his hungry lips. Don's eyes wereglued to them as he saw breasts moving like jello and buttocksrippling in rhythm with their oral movements. Suddenly, Donnastiffened, pulled Jim's cock from her mouth momentarily, slammedit deep inside her throat and climaxed in Jim's mouth. She pouredher love juices into Jim's sucking mouth as her hips gyratedquickly against his cream-covered face. It seemed like it wouldlast forever. Finally, her buttocks began to slow down. Herscreams were muffled by the enormous bone in her throat. They toosubsided. Jim was still very stiff as Donna removed him from hermouth. "Would you mind if we took a small break so I can havesomething to drink honey?" she asked.
"Not at all Donna," Jim responded as he looked at Don androlled his eyes. Donna looked over at Don with surprise as shesaw his erect penis in his hands.
"Ya know Jim, I don't really blame you. I guess we did getout of hand a little. It seems that Don and I have really turnedyou on from the looks of it. Now that is a thing to be proud of,"she said with a smile, about his cock, reaching for a waterglass. Don felt a little self-conscious as he let his cock fallfrom his hands. Jim and Don both watched the sway of Donna's but-tocks and breasts as she walked slowly across the room with herwater. Her entire body was a deep pink with exertion. Shereturned to Jim on the bed and offered him a sip. He took itgratefully.
"Don, it seems like forever since I've seen another man'spenis, and Jim's is great looking, don't you think?" Donna said.
Jim responded, "well, I really don't get into dicks with thepossible exception of my own, but I'm glad you like it."
"You're not jealous honey?" Donna asked of Jim as shesettled back into his arms. Her breasts flowed into the hollow ofJim's chest as she offered Don a view of her pink buttocks, hereyes searching for Don's cock.
Jim said, "no Donna, I'm not jealous. In fact it would ex-cite me if you touched his cock. Jim said as he grinned over herhead at Don. Don returned the grin and moved toward the bed.Donna rested the glass on the night stand as Don approached.Don's half-hard penis came within close proximity to her face.She began to reach up to touch it and stopped to look at Jim. Henodded his support, and she again reached for Don's cock. It tookvery little for Don's cock to rise again. She stared up at Don ina sheepish manner and began to stroke it. Jim's hand cupped oneof her ample breasts as Don stepped closer. Don reached out andran his fingers through her hair slowly, urging her lips nearerhis now huge rod. Donna could see the fluid at the tip of Don'scock. She turned her ass to Jim and took the first few inches ofDon's thick bone in her mouth. Donna took more and more of Don'spenis into her mouth as Don saw Jim begin to manipulate Donna'shairy pussy. Jim then got on his knees and brought Donna to hers.Donna moved without loosing her grip on Don's penis. She reachedaround and grabbed Don's buttocks and pulled him deeper into hermouth.
Jim moved behind Donna running his hands over her roundedass cheeks. His hand dipped down into the crack of her ass andcollected some of her juices. He raised his hand to his nostrilsto savor the aroma of her womanhood. He stroked his bone intofull erection as he placed saliva in his hand and applied it be-tween her bush to Donna's cunt lips. Aiming the arrow of hisshaft at her gaping love tunnel, Jim eased his huge cock intoDon's wife. He slowly worked his penis into her body until hercould see the button of Donna's ass hole press against his hairybelly. He started to move in and out of her hole.
Faster and faster his slick bone drove home. His balls werebouncing off of Donna's clit increasing her excitement. Jim couldtake no more as his eyes riveted on his juice-covered cock split-ting her cunt hairs as it drove into this musky tunnel. Herbeautiful ass cheeks were in his hands wobbling wonderfully. Itwas too exciting. He began to grunt. As she felt him stiffen in-side of her squeezing sheath, she mashed her buttocks into histhighs to gain deeper penetration.
Don was now driving his tool with increased fervor inside ofhis wife's sucking mouth. With the beauty of this rare moment,Donna felt both lovers go off at once. Gobs of thick cream werepouring into her slippery cunt hole. Don's jism squirted hotlyinto her sucking mouth. Her mind was spinning as she experiencedone of the most earth-shaking climaxes in her memory. She col-lapsed beneath both men. All three participants remained motion-less for quite some time. It was Jim that first got up from thebed and went into the bath room. He washed up and returned to theroom with his trousers on. He poured himself a drink and took aseat at the table. Don said, "is there any more of that? I thinkI need a drink too." Jim poured Don a drink and delivered it tobed side. Donna had the most wonderful smile on her face.
She soon got up and moved toward the bath room. Jim thoughthow sexy this woman was. He asked Don after Donna was out of earshot, "Do you feel OK about this Don?"
"I'll tell you the truth, I do have some guilt feelingsabout it. I think they will go away without too much problem. Iam concerned about Donna. How do you think she will fair?" askedDon.
"Well, there's only one way to find out. We still have tochange back remember?" stated Jim as Donna returned to the room.
"Change back to what?" Donna quizzed while returning to "Jimon the bed.
Jim responded first, "Donna, how do you feel about every-thing that has happened?"
"I feel great. I have never felt so sexy. I have never hadsuch a good climax. I don't really think I feel guilty, and now Iam sure that I wouldn't be jealous if you made love to anotherwoman either Don," Donna said.
"I am not Don," Jim stated as he clapped his hands twice.Donna had a look on her face as if she didn't know where she was.Her head turned from one to the other and back again.
"Holy christ! Holyyyyyyy chrissssst! You two switchedplaces. Don do you mean that I was making love to Jim before youagreed to let me touch his cock?" Donna asked incredulously.
"That's it honey. You wanted to. You said that you wantedto. I wanted you to. I know that he did. Everything happened theway it should have, and I love you more than ever. Please tell meyou enjoyed it and you're not feeling bad," Don pleaded.
Donna was comfortable with the events of the day. Twicebefore they left she experimented with making love to two of herfavorite actors. Once she made it with both of them. Jim was notreally sure whether Don was making love with anyone in par-ticular. He knew that he could if he wanted to. Jim felt greatabout what he was able to do for Don and Donna as well as forhimself. This was one of the hottest long weekends he had everhad. They agreed to do this again one day, and Jim hoped that hewould have a chance to see Bridgit again also.
CHAPTER SIX - MIND SEX
A sweltering unseasonable heat met Jim as he left the of-fice. He had been so busy with the rigors of a new week that hehadn't even the opportunity to stop for lunch. Just as well, hethought. It wouldn't hurt to shave about three pounds or so. Jimfired up the air conditioner and headed for home.
His mind wandered to a new computer bulletin board friend hehad met the previous day. Ed seemed like an average guy with aninterest in improving his sex life. He and his wife Linda livedin a little town near Pittsburgh, were in their forties, appearedto be devoted to one another, but something seemed to be missing.Ed and Linda weren't alone. Many couples experience this commonphenomenon after being married for many years. Ed was interestedin breathing a little new life into their relationship.
Jim had been jumping around the computer system from door todoor when he was paged by Ed. As most people, Ed seemed in-credulous about the use of hypnosis in sex. He couldn't believethat so many wonderful things could be accomplished by the use ofhypnosis. It all seemed supernatural and frankly, so much bull.
After Jim had the opportunity to share some of the methodsand analogies of hypnosis, Ed became more interested and wonderedwhether this may be the direction he should take. Jim's biggestchallenge seemed to be convincing Ed that is was normal to wantto make sex more exciting. In response to Jim's questions, Ed ad-vised him that he and Linda had never actually shared any fan-tasies with one another. Ed had wanted to experiment withthreesomes as one time, but Linda seemed to be somewhat put outabout it. She had never indicated an interest in making it withanyone other than Ed. Jim advised Ed to try to draw Linda's in-terests out through conversation and to get back to him so hecould prepare an approach for them.
The following evening when Jim signed on to the system therewas electronic mail for him. He always got excited when there wasa message for him. It was a lot like getting a letter that didn'thave one of those little windows in it that meant the dirty "I"word - invoice. Ed indicated that he was able to determine onesignificant thing in his conversation with Linda. She was crazyabout Patrick Swazee. She had indicated that although she wasdevoted to Ed, Patrick could park his shoes under her bed anytimehe wanted to. Ed shared that he was a little jealous, but oddlyenough, somewhat sexually excited by the prospect of Linda makingit with someone like that.
Jim prepared a message to leave in the electronic mail sys-tem for Ed. He indicated that chances were likely that Lindacould mentally substitute Ed for Patrick Swazee. He cautioned Edthat much of the success of this effort had to do with whether ornot he did anything to make Linda feel guilty. If they would liketo try it, Jim would be happy to help them. He went on to saythat it would probably take a good deal of convincing on Ed'spart to get Linda to agree. Instead of visiting the house, Jimwanted to know what interests they had that would enable him tomeet them socially. He signed off and waited for Ed's reply.
The next time he signed on to the system another message waswaiting for him. Ed indicated that he thought that Linda foundthe idea to be exciting but had some concerns about hypnosis andthe proverbial trust factor. They didn't know Jim and were alittle concerned about meeting him. Ed also explained that eachWednesday he and Linda went to a local bowling alley with severalother duffers. They would be agreeable to meeting Jim there butdidn't want any of their friends to know that they were meetinghim for this purpose.
Jim answered that he would meet them at the bowling alleyand maintain a discrete approach to the matter. He hadn't beenoffended by their concern. It was natural, and Jim had encoun-tered this skepticism almost every time he approached a situationsuch as this. He made plans to meet with Ed and Linda and feltconfident that he would be able to help them in one fashion orother. Each time Jim got involved in a situation like this waserotic for him. It brought back so many exciting memories.
Wednesday had arrived, and the work day had come to an end.Jim stood at his mirror combing his hair and straightening hisshirt collar. Assured that everything looked presentable, he gotinto the car for his short journey to the bowling alley. This wassuch a beautiful time of the year for a ride. The trees began tofill with green, flowers painted the scene and the fresh airfilled his wandering mind. Pulling into the bowling alley parkinglot, Jim reviewed the available parking spaces and selected oneclose to the door. He could always tell what kind of people fre-quented a place by the look of the parking lot. This seemed to bea nice bunch of folks by the type and number of cars adorning thelot.
There was a nice looking mix of people in the place. Adjoin-ing the bowling alley was a nicely accented lounge with soft rockplaying. Jim perused the lanes and saw that Ed and Linda couldhave been any of seven different couples. He decided to take aseat and wait for direction. One couple did seem to snatch peeksat him more than any other. It appeared as though they were wait-ing for someone. Soon one of the males of a couple foursome wan-dered over with a towel in his hand. "Jim?" said the man.
"That's me. You must be Ed. How are they rolling for you?"Jim inquired. While waiting for his answer, he began sizing up Edand trying to figure out which of the ladies were Linda. Itreally didn't matter as both of them were lovely looking ladies.
"I think my balls are bigger than the ones we are using. Ibowl so badly that you have to have big balls to embarrass your-self by bowling in front of everyone," he laughed.
Jim assured him that he had plenty of company and that hismain claim to fame had never been bowling either. After some ad-ditional small talk, Ed invited Jim over to meet Linda and theirfriends.
Amenities having been exchanged with Linda, Karen and Joe,Ed explained that Jim was a computer friend that they had met onthe computer bulletin board and they were going to have a drinkand discuss some of their computer ideas. He asked Karen and Joeto join them.
Jim took a spectator's position and watched as the bowlersplied their hobby. It was Linda's turn to toss the ball. Notbeing an expert, Jim watched Linda make her initial approach. Itsoon dawned on him that her approach was not what interested him.Linda was about 5'5" tall and about 125 pounds of loveliness. AsLinda picked up her ball from the return, she grasped it in bothhands in front of her. This movement provided the loveliest viewof her cleavage; soft white breasts with a healthy texture thatcaptured the attention of most men in the area.
His eyes were then drawn like magnets to her wonderfullyshaped buttocks. Her slacks provided cover but left very littleto the imagination. They were so perfectly lifted and separated,and they danced so artistically as she made the short trip torelease her ball. He thought that he might just have to take upthis game on a regular basis just to return to this lovely view.
After the four bowlers had sufficiently tired themselveswith their less-than-300 game, they stowed their equipment andheaded for the lounge. Having been seated and drinks ordered, Jimexplained that he was a sociologist, worked with behaviormodification and came to find that he and Ed shared many commoninterests about computers. Shortly thereafter, Karen and Joe ex-cused themselves so that they could pick up their son at baseballpractice.
Linda, Ed and Jim all seemed to offer a sigh of relief asthe couple left. Additional drinks were ordered and the conversa-tion continued. Ed began to offer apologies for his comments totheir friends, but Jim stopped him with a raised hand. "There'sno need to apologize. This is your business, and if I don't un-derstand, I don't have any business being here. My interest is inseeing you both learn to enjoy life and one another more. I getoff on it. Some people collect stamps. I collect happy people.It's erotic as well as meaningful," Jim smiled.
"I hope that's not all you get off on," Linda offered withher own smile. She appeared to be somewhat attracted to Jim aswell. Jim felt several times as though she had been stealingglances at him, but he couldn't figure if it was that she wasconcerned about him being there or happy that he was.
"No Linda, not at all. I'm just as normal as the next guy,but I'm sure there would be people that would disagree with me onthat. If you don't mind, I would like to be candid with you fromthe beginning. Am I correct in assuming that you are both inter-ested in improving both your relaxation techniques and your sexlives?" Jim asked as he casually raised his eyebrows.
Having received a nod from them both, Jim went on. "The minddetermines what happens and how it is perceived. The reason thatwe get sexually excited is that the mind sends messages from thebrain to various parts of the body. In a man's case, blood issent to the penis, it fills, expands and becomes rigid. Very muchthe same thing occurs when a woman becomes excited mentally. Onceagain, our brain tells our system to increase the blood flow tothe extremities. The breasts, nipples and buttocks become moresensitive as the nerves are exposed because of an increased pres-sure of the blood supply. Mucous membranes are squeezed by theblood flow which provides lubrication to the vagina. The innerand outer lips of the vulva expand and become heavy.
"Our mind makes these things happen. Much of it has to dowith what we have programmed ourselves to consider sexy. That iswhy we refer to men as tit men, ass men, leg men and the like.Smell provides a real turn on for some people. Some folks are ex-cited visually, while others can only be turned on by touch.Again, the mind is doing these things for us and to us. As timegoes by, many people require additional or different stimuli toprovide excitement. You've heard the expression, 'variety is thespice of life,' I am sure. That is what the expression refers to.
"Almost all of society has their secret turn-ons. Many don'tspeak of them, but most have them. My wife, for instance, neverdemonstrated much interest in anything other than infrequent mis-sionary style sex. She tried to please of course, but sex was notvery exciting for her. She never mentioned fantasies. I took forgranted that she didn't have them, until one day she said some-thing that led me to believe that she had. I questioned her aboutit. Too immediately she denied that she ever thought of anyonebut me. After additional prompting, she admitted that she mayhave had fantasies but didn't have the courage to share them be-cause it wasn't normal for a "good wife" to think of anyonesexually but her husband.
"This conversation occurred while we were in bed. As I wasable to pry more out of her, she noticed that I was not gettingangry. In fact, I was getting aroused; more aroused than she hadseen me in quite some time. Before the night was over we had madelove three times and climaxed with more pleasure than we everhad. After that, fantasy had a place in our hearts and in ourpants. Sex had become better and more meaningful. I guess that'sone of the reasons that we are still together and enjoy oneanother so much sexually. I was able to assure her that jealousyhad no strength or place in our relationship so long as emotionwasn't diverted from each other. I would be jealous if I believedthat she loved someone more than me, but it only served to exciteme to think of her making it with someone else," Jim concluded.
Linda seemed to be amazed at Jim's honesty in explaining howhe perceived fantasy and jealousy. "Have you or your wife evermade love to someone else Jim?" she inquired.
With a slight smile begin to curl on his lips, Jim remarked,"On several occasions we have experimented. Jealousy did occurthe first time for both of us. Fortunately, our juices took overand the situation was so hot, a wonderful balance resulted. Af-terward, when we discussed it, our discussion just made us moreexcited. We were left with a better understanding of our ownjealousy. Once I realized that although it turned her on, she wasalso doing it for me, my jealousy went away and what was left waspure excitement."
"Quite honestly, you have captured my interest," Linda said."Would you be interested in trying to help us achieve some of thethings that hypnosis has to offer?"
"If you are both not just interested to try it but hungry tomaster it, I'd be happy to help you. This isn't something thatyou put a halfhearted effort into. You should commit to submityour mind to it and attempt to practice periodically to improveyou own ability. When would you like to start?" Jim asked.
Linda looked at Ed for approval and direction. Seeing no ob-jection, she said, "well it's not too late now if you wouldn'tmind following us to our place. It's only about a mile and a halfdown the road, and it's in the direction you'd be traveling."
Jim looked at his watch and agreed to follow them to theirhome. He asked them to think about what they would like to ex-periment on while they were driving back to the house. Theygathered their equipment, left a tip on the table and began theshort trip to their home. Jim followed, pleased that he had beenable to give them some initial good direction about hypnosis.
The trip was indeed short, and soon they had arrived attheir destination. Linda and Ed lived in a lovely neighborhood.Their house and grounds were well maintained. The inside of thehouse was furnished in a lovely fashion. Jim thought to himselfhow proud he was that he had read these people correctly. Theyseemed to be a very nice, average couple with their heads screwedon right. After they were settled and Linda had prepared drinksand some snacks, Jim asked, "did you discuss what you would liketo work on with hypnosis?"
Ed began, "we did talk about it a little, Jim. Linda and Ithink that you may have something there with the jealousy theoryof yours. Both of us are willing to try making it with someoneelse. We have agreed that if either of us develop a problem withit we will stop and scrap the idea. Nothing ventured; nothinggained. We believe that we are mature enough and love each otherenough that we can overcome it." Linda illustrated her agreementby nodding her head, but she said nothing.
Jim, in turn, placed each of them into deep hypnosis. Theywere both excellent subjects. Much of it had to do with Jim's ex-planation of what would occur and their commitment to their sub-mission. He gave them each post hypnotic suggestions that wouldenable them to enter a deep trance state each time Jim snappedhis fingers twice while looking them in the eyes.
Through the use of additional suggestions Jim establishedthat in Ed's eyes Linda would become Kim Bassinger and in Linda'seyes Ed would be Patrick Swazee. They would both be extremelyhorny. They also did not have to waste time with amenities. Heincreased their sensitivity, increased the intensity and lengthof their respective climax and ended by giving them the instruc-tions on how and when they would wake up. Additionally, Jimwould not be visible to them. Both were woken and Jim retreatedto a chair in the corner of the room to observe.
Ed sat there looking in awe at Linda. She was just as cap-tured by Ed. They both stood and immediately began removing oneanother's clothing. Jim felt like a voyeur, but it was very ex-citing. Linda was a knock-out and he could feel his cock begin tolengthen. It was like watching his own personal porn film withthe added excitement that he helped write the script. He watchedas Ed's hands went to Linda's heavy, naked breasts. Ed's eyesgradually lowered to view this lovely spectacle. He tweaked herlovely hardening nipples and filled his hands with tit flesh.
Linda moved her hands to Ed's now-naked buttocks andsqueezed as she offered her hot lips to him. His thick penisbegan its upward climb to erection leaving a slight trail ofseminal fluid on Linda's baby blue panties. As his hands sneakedinside the waist band of her panties and he filled his hands withher ample ass cheeks, a deep moan escaped her lips into his hotmouth. Jim watched as Linda's buttocks were exposed to his view.His rod was now rock hard and straining for a volcanic release.Linda's full buttocks were pressed together and separated inter-mittently. Jim could see the deep crevice of her ass and the darkpatch of cunt hair. The smell of lust filled his nostrils and in-creased his own excitement.
Soon Linda dropped to her knees and placed Ed's extendedmeat gently into her mouth. Ed squeezed his ass tight as hepushed forward to gain depth. Linda lifted his balls and massagedthem gently as her wet mouth surrounded his straining cock. Eachtime he pulled slightly out of her mouth, Jim was able to see theresidue of her saliva coating his huge penis; preparing it forits trip into the depths of her slippery and swollen pussy lips.Never had Jim seen such an erotic sight. He almost felt part ofthe action, and his hand began to massage the grand lump in hisown pants.
Gently, Ed lifted Linda into his arms and headed for thecouch. He lower her as her breasts swayed like oceans of heavyfluid contained only by the shores of flesh that surrounded them.Her nipples were hard and extended. The tight nipple flesh pulledhard at the ample breast which surrounded each. After settled ina reclining position, Linda felt her legs being separated by Ed'sstrong hands. The muff of cunt hair which encircled her deephoney pot separated to frame a slick pink gully. Jim watched asher love cream seeped out of her hole and ran down into the deep,warm crack of her ass to bathe her tight, quivering ass hole.
Ed's lips began at the knee on the inside of Linda's thigh.Never was he this hot. His normally thick cock was as rigid as aniron bar and felt like lead. It became so hard that he could feelhis hairy balls squeezed tightly against his body. His lips con-tinued to move, painting Linda's inner thigh with hot saliva.Closer and closer they came to her gaping hot tunnel. Thefragrance of her wet sex visited his senses and made him tinglewith added excitement. Linda could feel his slightly rough faceteasing its way toward the magnet of her dripping, hair-coveredpussy lips. His hands continued to test the weight of her jig-gling tits. Each time the palms of his hands brushed her tightnipples it sent waves of excitement to her straining clitoris.
On his nose he could feel the moist hair which covered herquivering cunt. Reaching from behind, spreading her tight but-tocks, Ed used his fingers to spread the lips of her love tunnel.Ever so gently he pressed his hard tongue into her fuck pit. Jimremoved his hand from his laboring penis, concerned that it wouldejaculate prior to their completion. His eyes remained glued tothe hot action. Linda was hotter than she had ever rememberedbeing. She swallowed Ed's expanded cock, and he drove it into thedepths of her throat with his 5'11", 155 pound frame. She couldfeel Ed's hairy balls rest on her chin as she filled her handswith his buttocks and pulled him yet harder toward her. Grindingher slick pussy into his gaping mouth, she could feel the weightof her breasts as they bounced in the air and tingled her rubberynipples.
Ed broke the lock that they had placed their convulsingbodies in. Turning her on her knees to present her taunt buttocksto his gaze and aim, Ed leaned her soft breasts against the couchand filled his hand with his own thick organ. Stroking it severaltimes to bring it to yet new length, Ed placed the spear-like tipat the door of her womanhood. Linda couldn't help herself as shepressed backward trying to prematurely swallow his member withher hairy, dripping sheath. Ed soon rewarded her as he smearedlove juices over the tip of his meat and began pressing itslength into the depths of her hole. Deeper and deeper ittraveled. What a vision! He could see the thick cock pole slipeffortlessly into the dark canyon of wet heat. As he withdrew, Edcould see the evidence of her own juices glistening on his bone.
Jim watched as the strokes increased in intensity, speed anddepth. The sound of Ed's thighs smacking against Linda's firm asswas music to his ears. Jim could see Linda's ass wiggle as shescrewed it back to receive Ed's advances. Her breasts jiggled sovoluptuously that Jim's fuck bone almost went off without himtouching it. His gaze traveled to Linda's face. The look on herface was a combination of angel and demon. Her earthy grunts gavehim new reason to maintain erection. He loved the sound ofpleasure, and there was no doubt that Linda had never felt somuch unadulterated bliss. She was bucking wildly as the unrelent-ing cock drove deep into her cavernous pussy.
The fever pitch that they had attained was soon met with theecstasy they sought. Linda was screaming, "fuck that deep cuntPatrick. Fuck my hole with your hot meat and pour your come intomy guts." She was indeed being made love to by Patrick Swazee. Hewanted her and he was taking her.
"You feel so damn wonderful Kim. Take my bone in your holeand don't let go. I want to pump my cock into you until it fallsoff," Ed responded. His cock was in Kim Bassinger's tight pussyand his hands were squeezing her rubbery ass cheeks. All at once,Ed threw his head back and began a series of low grunts as hepumped his cream into Linda's pounding body. As if playing herpart in an orchestra, Linda buried the top of her head into thecouch and tossed her cunt up toward Ed driving bone. "Yes, Yes,Yes, Harder, Harder, Now, Now, Ohhhhhh!" she screamed.
Soon they were spent and laying together in a half sleep.They were too tired to move or didn't care to. Jim placed themboth into another trance. He gave them post hypnotic suggestionsthat they would wake up feeling wonderful, well-rested and remem-ber everything that occurred during the love making experience atthe count of three.
"One, two, three; awaken feeling wonderful and sexy," Jimsaid as he clapped his hands loudly. They both opened their eyesslowly. Their faces were graced with the most wonderful smile,but each of them appeared to have experienced some embarrassment.Jim couldn't quite tell whether it was guilt or not. "How do youfeel?:
Linda began with a smile, "I feel like a truck hit me - butright in the correct place. It was a truck I have wanted to behit by for a long time. I can't really believe that PatrickSwazee made love to me." She soon noticed that she hadn't astitch of clothes on. As Jim saw her concern, he offered an af-ghan for her to cover up.
"I don't think I have ever had a hotter experience. I wasconvinced that Linda was Kim Bassinger. No -- Kim Bassinger cannot be that good. This is unbelievable. I can't wait to startagain. Thank you Jim," Ed said meaningfully.
"There's no need to thank me. I was just the facilitator.You and Linda made it all happen. The next time we get together,I want to teach you both how to be anyone you want, with anyoneyou want, wherever you want to be and as long as you want to bethere," Jim said. "Now I have a little drive ahead of me, and Imust be going. Beat's the hell out of bowling, doesn't it? Sittight. I'll show myself out. Leave me a message on the computerand let me know if you have any suggestions on how to improve theprocess."
Jim wasn't out the door before Ed and Linda were deeply in-volved in their own new experiment. Jim couldn't get home quicklyenough so he could take care of his own hard business. On thetrip home his mind wandered to pat himself on the back foranother success story. These two were one of the hottest coupleshe had ever helped. It didn't do him any harm either.
CHAPTER SEVEN - MIND SEX
July of '91 had to be one of the most sweltering heat wavesin history for the mid west. Jim was sure that there was a directcorrelation between the heat and his libido. He seemed to stayhorny all of the time. He had to "get off" each night beforegoing to sleep, and he woke up with a cock hard enough to chopoak trees. He knew that he was ready for a new adventure.
Recently, he joined a new computer bulletin board service inCleveland. It really seemed to be a great board because it had amatching service that provided an outline of all of the sub-scribers and what their interests were. He had pulled up a listof about thirty singles or couples that were interested in meet-ing him.
Sometimes the conversations got so hot on the computer thathe couldn't help but stroke his tool while trying to type inresponses. Carla was one of the most exciting new contacts he hadmade. Her profile indicated that she was married, 39 years old,5'5" tall, 135 pounds, long brown hair, blue eyes and hot totrot. During one of their chats, she indicated that hypnosis in-terested her, but she didn't know much about it. They had madearrangements to meet so that Jim could better explain the processand benefits.
Jim arrived at the little town just east of Cleveland at alittle before seven o'clock on the agreed upon evening. By seveno'clock he was parking the car in front of the address that hehad been given. Walking toward the door, he wondered how Carlaand her husband, Tom would be. To his pleasant surprise, the doorwas answered by an extremely lovely creature wearing a small hal-ter top that barely contained a remarkable set of breasts, ashort white skirt that accented her plentiful buttocks and highheals that gave her legs the most interesting and seductivecurves. There seemed to be one bonus after the other. Her lovelyhair fell in soft curls to frame the face of an angel. "Pleasecome in Jim," she said with what appeared to be a pleased look onher face.
Jim stepped into the foyer and extended his hand in greet-ing. Carla accepted his hand, cupped it and pulled it into herbreast as she kissed him on the cheek. He could already feel theheat develop in his loins. Her eyes seemed to be memorizing himas she said, "Come in to the den and have a seat while I get yousomething to drink. Tom will be here in just a little while. Isent him out for a few things. What would you like to drink?"
"A little demon rum and some diet cola if you have it,Carla. You have a lovely place," Jim offered as his eyes drank ofher form gliding across the room toward the bar. This was an assthat he wanted to forever remember. It wasn't that her skirt wasthat tight. It was the material that seemed to cling in just theright fashion to reveal each ass cheek in all its glory. Theymoved like a symphony with each step she took. Having manufac-tured Jim's drink and preparing one for herself, Carla returnedto Jim and offered one of the glasses. Her return trip was justas exciting. Her soft breasts bounced appealingly during herreturn. She held her arms slightly away from her body as shecarried the drinks. This seemed to accent her ripened nipples.Jim thought that she may becoming as excited by the prospects ashe was.
"Good heavens. You are a lovely woman, Carla. I don't thinkthat I can keep my mind on anything with the way you look," Jimsaid.
With a devilish smile, Carla said, "do you want me to changeor cover something up?"
"I can think of a thing or two that I would like to see youcover up, but please don't change on my account," he responded with a chuckle.
"Do you mean covering your long, hot cock with my tight,hairy cunt hole while you suck on my big tits and bite my juicynipples? Or maybe cover up your thick bone with my lips while Isuck the last bit of cream out of your big balls." In a flash shehad pulled up her halter top and her huge breasts bounced free."Conceivably, I could grease up these big knockers and let youtitty fuck me and come on my erect nipples," she said in a softtone with a matter-of-fact look on her face.
Jim almost fell over backward in the chair he was in. Carlabegan laughing, pulled down her top and said, "I'm just kiddingJim. I hope that we do get to that point, but I just wanted tosee the look on your face.
"You did take me by surprise," Jim smiled. "I do have to ad-mit that you have two of the most remarkable tits I have everseen." If this was any indication of what was in store for Jim,he knew he had made the right choice to visit. His cock stayedhard as they continued their conversation. Suddenly, they wereinterrupted by the phone ringing. Carla got up from her chair andmade her way over to the phone. Jim could not take his eyes offher swaying buttocks and almost spilled his drink.
Carla spoke softly, and Jim could not hear what she wassaying. After a short time she returned and explained that Tomhad gotten tied up and wouldn't be able to join them for about anhour or so. She asked Jim if he could explain the hypnosisprocess. This he did. He went into enough detail to explain howthe trance state was induced and what could be accomplishedthrough the use of hypnosis.
"Could you make me believe that you or I are someone orsomething other than who or what we are?" she asked leaningtoward him and offering a lucid view of her stunning cleavage.
"I really can't do anything, Carla. I am only your guide.You actually accomplish all of these things yourself. You canlengthen the duration of your climax, make various parts of yourbody more sensitive than normal or turn yourself or others intoanyone or anything you can imagine," he answered.
"Let's not wait, Jim. Put me into a trance now so I can seewhat you're talking about," Carla pleaded.
"First I would like to just do some relaxation exercises. Itwill enable me to determine what your ability currently is anddecide how far to go today. Is that OK with you?" he asked.
"You're the boss. Just don't turn me into a chicken or makeme chase cars," she teased.
Jim placed her in an upright chair and began to induce thetrance state. She seemed to be responding rather well so he con-tinued his efforts using the escalator approach. She was broughtlower and lower into the depths of her own mind. He then relaxedeach major muscle group by lightly touching the area and drawingattention to it. This part was difficult for Jim because he hadto maintain his professionalism while touching her wonderfulbody.
After a couple of tests to determine depth, Jim began togive Carla post hypnotic suggestions that would serve todemonstrate what she would be able to accomplish. He indicated toher that she would not feel any different and would probably notthink that she had been asleep. Her nipples would not becomerigid unless her left ear was touched. Once that happened hernipples would become as rigid as marbles.
He told her that whenever her left knee and left elbow weretouched at the same time, she would feel the pressure of hungrylips on her nipples. Additionally, if these areas were slightlyshaken, she would feel a light electric shock sensation in hernipples.
He then indicated to her that when she felt herself reachingorgasm, she would be unable to come unless she was dancing nude.When she started coming, all she had to do to double the inten-sity of the orgasm was to pinch her nipples. If this night shewas made love to, she would be unable to reach a climax unlessJim pushed her left nipple like a button. When this occurred, shewould have the most significant orgasm of her life.
In order to more easily go into a trance the next time, Jimgave her another post-hypnotic suggestion. When he snapped hisfingers twice and told her to fall into a deep sleep, she wouldimmediately do so. She was asked and indicated that she under-stood each suggestion. Jim told her that at the count of threeshe would awaken, remember as much as she liked and feel terrificand sexy.
At the count of three Carla's eyes opened slowly and she hadan incredulous smirk on her face. She said, "I don't feel as ifanything happened, Jim."
"You don't always feel as though something has happened. Itis only an altered state of consciousness. It's not actuallysleep. However, now you have abilities that you have never hadbefore," Jim explained.
"I don't feel any different, but all of this talk about sexhas made me awfully horny. I can feel it building in me and Iwant to explode," she said almost apologetically.
"You are not all that horny, Carla. Your nipples are nothard and they can't get hard unless we impose one of the suggest-ions I gave you earlier," Jim assured her.
Carla looked at him as if her were crazy, "my nipples arealmost always hard, Jim." She looked down at her breasts but didnot see the tell-tale impressions in her halter top. When sheraised her eyes to look at Jim, she had a look of disbelief onher face. "This is insane. I hope to hell that you haven't takensomething away from me. The sensitivity of my nipples are criti-cal, Jim.
Jim said, "it only takes a second to fix. I want you to tryto make your nipples hard, Carla. Touch them, think of the hot-test experience in your life, pinch them, pull on them or eventouch your pussy. When you are convinced that you have doneeverything possible, let me have a try." She followed Jim's sug-gestions point by point. First she removed her top. Her nippleswere lovely large patches adorning her breasts, but they wereflat and lifeless. She touched them gently at first and then be-came more demanding. With her eyes closed tightly, she pulled andpinched at the lovely pink patches to no avail. She began totwirl the nipple of her left breast and her other hand reacheddown into the heated gap between her legs.
"It feels great, but I can't seem to bring any life intothem. Please tell me that you will take this away," she said al-most in a panic. He walked over to her and told her to keep hereyes on her nipples. Then he raised his hand and touched her leftear. Suddenly her nipples began to harden right in front of hereyes. They became towering bundles of rigid flesh. They startedout pink and as they continued to grow they became almost red. Asmile soon replaced the frown and she lifted her breasts, beganto shake them and said, "all right! Now I have my lovely nipplesback again. You scarred the hell out of me, Jim. It is possiblethat it was only a coincidence though. It could be the tempera-ture in this room or apprehension about being so near astranger."
"Would you like to go on to the next step of thedemonstration?" asked Jim. She indicated that she would. Jimknelt down next to Carla and touched her left knee and left elbowat the same time. Immediately her eyes shot open wide and anotherlook of disbelief found itself on her face.
"Jim, this is unbelievable. I actually feel a wet pressureon my nipples. It feels like searching lips," she said. Jimremoved his hands and the sensation went away. "Oh Jim, why didyou stop. It felt so incredible."
"Try it yourself. Place your left hand on your left knee andyour right hand on your left elbow, Carla. Go ahead. You'll bepleasantly surprised," he coached her. Carla did this and againgot a look of amazement on her face. "If you want to try some-thing else, let me know when you are ready," he offered.
She indicated that she was ready so Jim explained that sheshould shake her left knee and left elbow. "Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhh. Ohmy lord. I never felt anything like this before," suddenly shestopped. "I can't hurt myself doing this, can I Jim?"
Jim assured her that there was not any actual electricityother than that which the mind provided. She returned to her ef-forts and Jim watched; becoming more excited as he watched herbreasts jumping with delight. More and more she shook herself.She had a determined look on her face and was trying feverishlyto climax. "Why can't I get off. I've never felt this goodbefore, but I can't seem to get off," she said through clenchedteeth.
Jim explained that the only way she could come now was toremove the remainder of her clothing and dance. She argued withhim and told him that she was almost there as she continued toshake her knee and elbow. Suddenly she jumped up, removed herclothes and started to dance wildly. This was the first time thatJim had the occasion to see her lovely buttocks. As she danced inone direction, her breasts and buttocks went in four separate andquite distinct directions. The lovely muff of pubic hair began tocome to life after being matted down by her garments.
It wasn't long before Jim noticed a strange look come overher face. She danced over to the wall, held on to it and con-tinued to dance. From the look on her face, it was apparent thather climax was beginning. "Lean on the wall and pinch yournipples, Carla," Jim urged her. As she did this she let out ascream that seemed to shake the room. She fell in jerking motionsto the floor, and Jim hurried to make sure that she did not gethurt on the way down.
He gently helped her the last few inches to the ground, andshe continued to spasm in his arms; moaning and repeating, "Fuck,fuck, fuck, myyyy fucking tits are going to explode; my cuuuuntis a river on fire." She continued to jerk with her hot fleshpressed against Jim. He wanted in the worst way to bury hisrock-hard cock into her cunt; the hairy, hot hole that wasvisibly leaking down both of her legs and the cheeks of her ass.Jim held her gently as she tried to recover, stoking her hair andwhispering assurances to her.
Soon Carla began cooing. She told Jim that she hadn't remem-bered anything that exciting in a long time. Suddenly they heardthe door close and Tom said, "where is everyone at?"
"In the living room honey," Carla reached for an afghan tocover herself. "Jim has done a few experiments that I can't waitto tell you about."
"You don't have to, honey. I was on the porch and saw mostof everything that happened. I hope you don't mind, Jim. One ofmy weaknesses is voyeurism. I got off without touching myself.That was hot. You're the only one that still has a woody, Jim,"Tom explained. They all laughed. Carla made something for them toeat while Jim continued to explain some of the benefits of hyp-nosis as a tool in sex. After a lovely snack, they returned tothe living room to finish their discussion.
"This talk has served to make me very horny again, guys.What to you say we retire to more comfortable digs so you men canteach me a few things," Carla offered. Both men got up withoutsaying a word and began to follow Carla to the bedroom.
Carla didn't waste any time getting the bed ready for thethreesome. Jim became increasingly horny as he watched her danceabout the room getting pillows and placing a tape in the VCR."Well are you guys going to just stand there, or are you going totake those things off and join me," she said as she plopped downon the bed and struck an inviting pose.
Both men began taking their clothes off. Carla began to rubher legs together as she compared their heavy cocks. Jim wasfinished undressing first. He was likely more anxious as Tom hadalready dropped a load of thick cream in his jeans while on theporch. Before Jim was completely in the bed, Carla had reachedout and started to guide his growing penis into her mouth. Tomsoon joined them and ran his hands up her open thighs as hewatched her lips engulf Jim's raging cock bone. Tom began lickingher soft, long legs at the knee, and Jim could feel the vibrationof her throat on his cock as she moaned at the pleasure Tom wasoffering.
Tom's hot mouth traveled further up her legs and soon herwiggling buttocks were resting in his hands; painting them withher juices. Tom's tongue found its ultimate mark as it dipped be-tween the hairy lips of her cunt hole and began flicking at herclit. The excitement drove Carla wild, and she jammed Jim's stiffrod deep into her throat, licking his balls and moaning evenlouder. Her lips began a lovely torture on the growing length ofJim's engorged shaft. Each time he buried his fuck tool into thedepths of her mouth, she reached out with her tongue and lickedhis heavy, swollen balls.
Carla removed his raging bone so that she could turn himover on his back. Tom got up from the bed to allow her to getinto position to return Jim's glistening bone to her mouth. Shewas on her hands and knees sucking on Jim's rock-hard bone, andher heavy pink tits bounced off of his thighs. Tom was now veryhard and approached Carla from behind. He lubricated her bushypussy a little more before he placed the head of his fuck snakeagainst the lips of her dripping cunt. Tom easily slid the lengthof his tool into the depths of her fragrant hole as he filled hishands with the flesh of her ass.
Carla's moans continued to increase in volume as well asduration. As Tom's cock drove deeper and deeper, Carla attemptedto take Jim's cock deeper with each thrust. Jim filled his handswith her beautiful swaying tits and began tweaking the pinkmarbles that rested on them. Carla responded by reaching up andpinching Jim's own sensitive nipples. This was more than he couldtake. To stop himself from coming prematurely, he removed hispenis from her mouth and stood up next to the bed. "I don't wantto get off yet. It's too early. Just let me watch Tom poke yourlovely whiskers while your gorgeous breasts sway," Jim pleaded.
Jim took a position in a chair next to the bed with one legthrown over the arm of the chair and slowly stroked his longcock. Periodically he would have to remove his hand to delay theinevitable. Soon Tom got a look of building tension on his faceand announced that he couldn't hold on any longer. He was goingto come. Tom reached up, filled his hands with breast flesh anddrove his dick deep into Carla's cunt hole. He began jerkingwildly as his cream filled her guts. Suddenly, Tom collapsed onthe bed next to Carla and left her on all fours. She looked likea motor not connected up to the machine she was intended for.With a look of pleading in her eyes she said, "I don't know whatit is Jim, but I just can't seem to come. Please come over hereand stick your bone in my hole and help me get off. I need morecock, and I need it now."
Jim didn't need much encouragement. He approached the bed,slid his hand under her breasts to feel their weight, down herback, over her still-pumping buttocks and down into the wet,hairy crack of her ass and slipped two finger into her movingcunt. She groaned with pleasure as she anticipated the entry ofhis swollen rod. Jim knelt on the bed behind her and lower hisnose to the cleft of her ass cheeks. He was intoxicated from thearoma that filled his senses, and his cock grew even more than hethought possible. Putting the globes of her ass into his hands,he placed his cock into the wedge of her womanhood and drove hiscock into her hungry pussy. Immediately he began stroking hispole into the depths of her greasy cunt as he bunched up her but-tocks and watched his penetration.
Tom moved around in front of Carla and offered his swollenmeat to her panting mouth. She took it into her mouth and reachedup to massage his harry, heavy balls. Jim watched her head as itdrove like a piston on her husband's tool. Jim could feel thetightening in his loins that always preceded his climax. Hesqueezed his buttocks together to gain deeper penetration and lethis load pour into Carla's sucking cunt hole. His spasms con-tinued as Carla continued to suck on Tom's bone. When he haddrained every last drop of fluid from his balls, he left hisrelaxing penis in her hole as she continued to pump. Soon Jim'smeat had lost its length and fell out of her gaping love tunnel.He heard a sigh of frustration. "Will I never be able to come?"she sighed.
Jim instructed her to lie on her back and open her legs.Then he told Tom to get in the saddle and drive his bone in Carlaas deep as he could. He sat on the edge of the bed and grabbedher left breast as Tom continued his efforts. Jim lifted herbreast, kissed her nipple and pushed on it with his index fingeras if it were a button. Carla got a look on her face that was sopassionate that it temporarily frightened Tom.
Immediately, Carla's cunt began to tighten and squeezedTom's thick cock. "Holy christ...... I'm coming! Oh.. Fuck my wethole, mother fucker! Fuck it hard.... Harder... Squeeze mecheeks, honey... Squeeze them hard," she said in a jerking voice.Her eyes rolled up in her head, and she began grunting in unisonwith Tom's moans. They pumped together, coming, and coming, andit seemed like it would never end. Suddenly she reached out andgrabbed Jim's cock, slammed it into her mouth, reached behind himto squeeze his ass and shoved her index finger into his rubberyanus. Jim began to come again. She drank from Jim's pumping cockas Tom drained the last of himself into her spasming pussy lips.
The three new friends collapsed into a near coma. After awhat seemed like a very long time Carla roused herself and askedif anyone would like a shower. Slowly, as if awoken from hiberna-tion, Jim and Tom followed Carla into the shower where they madesure that every inch of her body was cleansed and dried. The eve-ning ended with a night cap and a promise from Carla that shewould develop a new fantasy for the next time they met.
CHAPTER EIGHT - MIND SEX
Peggy had to go to Seattle to visit her sister Carol. It wasquite natural for me to go to one of the local watering holesafter I dropped her off at the airport. I walked in and offeredmy amenities to some of the patrons and took a seat. I ordered myusual drink and lit a cigarette.
After only a few moments, the bartender came over and told methat I had a drink coming on the couple in the second booth. Ilooked up and saw Cindy, a masseuse that both Peggy and I hadvisited several times over the past few years. She shared myinterest in hypnosis, and often used relaxation techniques in hermassage therapy. Cindy looked wonderful. It seemed odd to see herout of "uniform." She generally wore sweats when she worked. Thatoutfit served to hide the obvious charms that she possessed. Shewas wearing a low cut electric blue fitted dress that huggedevery lovely curve and accented her bosom, tiny waist and hips.Her lovely cleavage separated her stiffened nipples which pressedagainst the thin material of her dress. I walked over to her andthanked her for the drink. Cindy introduced me to a pleasant butmost assuredly intoxicated Gary, her husband.
They asked me to join them, and soon I was comfortably situatedin the seat next to Cindy, across from Gary. Her warm thighintermittently swayed into my own as she talked about Gary justhaving been promoted to district sales manager of his firm. Theyhad been out celebrating. I had difficulty keeping my eyes off ofher swaying breasts and pointed nipples.
As Cindy's thigh continued its halfhearted assault on my leg intune with the music, I began thinking about the several times Ihad visited her at her health club. She was always exciting butnever anything but professional. I could remember wanting her notto be professional, but none-the-less she had been. I would havebeen crazy not to want her. She was about 5'8" tall, dusty blond,heavy breasted with a tight waistline and lovely fanny thathinted of moving under her loose-fitting sweats like a symphony.
As Gary continued to drink, I could feel her warmth touchingme. Soon Cindy suggested that it was time to go. With greatdifficulty, Gary fumbled through his wallet and offered theserver his plastic money. Upon rising to exit, Gary began towaiver and Cindy caught him with my help. I felt the weight ofher right breast as I reached around Gary to hold him aloft. Theflesh of her lush tit rose from the shelf of her bra to bulgefreely into my sight. She looked at me and asked for myassistance getting Gary to the car. Once Gary was positioned inthe front seat of the car, Cindy brushed by me and offered herfull lips in gratitude for my assistance. The next move was mine.I asked if I could follow her home as Gary was beyond repair, andshe would have a difficult time putting him to bed. She acceptedmy offer and we were off to their home.
I hadn't done that much work in recent memory. Gary was nosmall guy, and dead weight is hard to move. After what seemedlike a very long time he was settled neatly in bed in the arms ofMorpheus. Cindy and I returned to the comfort of her den andlaughed at the memory the three of us had created. Her offer of anightcap was graciously accepted before she put some music on theC.D. player and excused herself from the room. She soon returnedto her own drink wearing a cute but tight-fitting pair ofpajamas. They were a pink, thin cotton outfit with a trap doorarrangement that left nothing to the imagination. Her heavybreasts were well outlined, and as the cotton moved over herlovely breasts, generous nipples began to perk up.
And there I sat wondering whether she was aware just how crazyshe was driving me as she sat down next to me on the couch. Itook a long draw on my tall drink and rolled my eyes casually. Asour glance met she asked me what was the matter. I told her thatshe was absolutely lovely in that outfit. Her response was that Iwas just being kind. I began to tell her that I was never kindwhen it came to lovely women, but I never got the words out. Shepressed herself against me and her lips found mine. I felt theblood begin to rush into my growing cock.
She quickly moved away and I started to apologize for being tooforward. I didn't get those words out either. She interrupted meby saying, "you don't mind if we get just a little kinky do you,Jim ?" She walked over to the video tape camera which rested on atripod and turned the system on. My image, sitting on the couch,soon began to appear on the large screen television. She pannedthe camera and the room appear to move. The camera came to reston the fireplace at the far end of the room. She zoomed the lensof the camera so that only the fireplace filled the screen. "Haveyou ever watched a woman masturbate, Jim? If you don't mind I'mgoing to tape this episode so we can watch it later. Just sitback and relax."
I watched Cindy walk toward the fireplace. "Don't watch me,Jim. Watch the screen. You won't miss anything," she said as shecontinued her trip to the far end of the room. As she appeared infront of the screen, she began to roll her shoulders forcing herheavy breast to dance gently for the camera. She grabbed her titsand pushed them together letting them fall and bounce. Her hipswere thrown wide, providing a shelf for her hands and her fannywas pushed back. Slowly her hands disappeared behind her ribs andgently slid down her back coming to rest on her fanny.
I could see that she was unbuttoning the trap door to herpajamas. Soon she began to turn to expose her firm buttocks tothe screen and my view. The cleft between her ass cheeks was deepand dark f rom this distance. I couldn't see the bottom of herass cheeks or her pubic garden, but my imagination started to runwild. My cock was straining inside of its trouser prison. "Youcan start taking t hose things off any time you like, Jim. Yourpoor cock will choke to death if you don't let it breath. Do youlike what you see so far?" she asked with a husky voice.
I began to remove my trousers and responded, "I love it, Cindy.You're right. If I don't get these things off soon, my cock willexplode. Please continue. Your ass is absolutely beautiful."
Cindy crossed her arms in front of herself, grabbed the waistband of her top and lifted the pajamas top from her body. As shepulled the top over her head, her ample breasts danced for thecamera. Next her thumbs were hooked inside of her bottoms andthey were pealed from her ribbed belly, her pubic mound, hermuscular thighs and off her feet. She turned a forty-five degreeangle from the cam era as she bent over to pull the elastic bandanklets free. I could see her breasts dip to inverted mountainsof flesh. Her hips and profile of her buttocks was driving mewild. I began to stroke my fuck pole as she assumed an indianstyle sitting position. She had a wonderful full crop of curlypubic hair. It began low on her shapely belly and promised agreat texture as it disappeared between the darkness of her longthighs.
Her chest bent forward, her eyes closed and she cupped herdangling tits. Thumbs and forefingers started to gently twist hergrowing dark brown nipples. A moan escaped her slightly partedlips as s he continued to roll these dark rubbery marbles. "Ohfuck, Jim. My nipples are so hard thinking about your lips andteeth on them. I can almost feel you pulling on them and suckingthem like a hungry baby. I can feel your hands lifting my heavytits and squeezing them tightly. Do you like the way they wiggleand bounce when I move? How about this. Do you like the way theylook when I lean back a nd they spread over my chest?" she askedwith a seductive voice.
"I can almost taste your thick brown nipples between my teeth.I had no idea that this could be so exciting. My cock is so hard.Your heavy tit sacks look wonderful regardless of what positiontheir in. My imagination is running wild now. I can imagine themhanging heavily as you are on your knees offering me your ass. Ilove to fuck dog style and reach under you and hold your lovelybreasts. It also gives me access to your hard clit. Would youlike me to fuck you on your knees while I play with your tits andrub your clit?" I asked as I watched her hands travel over herstomach and head toward the dark patch of pubic hair.
"Oh fuck. I can see your cock bone sliding in and out of mysplit hairy pussy. When you pull it out, it is all covered withmy creamy juices. When you push it back in, it pulls some of mycunt hair in with it and increases the friction of our fuck. Whenits driven deep, our pubic hair mix together," she continued herverbal love making.
I was stroking my cock meat as I watched her enter her cunthole with her fingers. She leaned back on her haunches, and hertits were swaying back and forth. One hand reached up to feel theweight of her thick tit. She removed her fingers from her leakingpussy, looked up at me and put her fingers in her mouth, suckingand licking the honey from them. Slowly she reached behind her toa box resting on the lip of the fireplace. She reached inside thebox and removed a large flesh colored dildo. It was almost eightinches in length and had heavy balls attached to it. At thebottom was a switch. She placed it into her mouth to addlubricant to it as well as to excite me. The surrogate cock waslowered and placed at the entrance to her greasy hairy pussy. Sheclosed her eyes, threw her he ad back and put the first couple ofinches into her slippery box. The sight was driving me crazy. Deeper and deeper it went until she was completely impaled onits length. She sat on it fully and rocked back and forth as shepinched frantically at her thick rubbery nipples. "Oh fuck, baby.This is good. The vibrations are driving me insane. Now I'm goingto turn it on high speed, Jim. Imagine that it's your strong bonein my tight slippery cunt hole. Wouldn't you love to pinch myfucking hard nipples? Wouldn't you love to suck my big tits andsqueeze my ass cheeks? Well, you're going to mother fucker. Goahead and stroke that bone, cunt lapper. You're soon going topour all of that hot sticky fuck cream on my tits, my ass and inmy fucking guts. I want gallons of that hot fuck juice in mymouth," Cindy spoke in well-defined words in an effort toincrease my excitement.
Her hands continued to manipulate her exquisite breasts, andsoon her eyes shot wide open and then rolled up in her head. Shelooked lovely as she began her climb to ecstasy. "Oh, motherfucker, I'm cuming! Oh shit, this fuck'n rod in my pussy feelswonderful. Soon your thick cock will be buried in my furry hole.I want to suck that bone, and I want you to stick your tongue inmy honey pot, honey. Get over here," she demanded.
I didn't require any further direction. I rose and approachedher with my rod bouncing up and down in time with my steps. Myhot nuts were tight against my body because their swellingincreased by the hot scene unfolding in front of me. I reacheddown and pulled her to her feet. She extracted the stillvibrating dildo, and turned it off with one short movement,discarding it on the floor. My lips quickly found hers and herhot tongue entered my sucking mouth. I could feel her moist moundcome in contact with my thigh as my stiff fuckstick stabbed intoher belly. A moan escaped her hungry lips and traveled into thedepths of my lungs. Cindy's resilient breast globes pressed theirerect nipples into the hair of my chest. My trembling handsreached behind her to treat themselves to the rippling mounds ofass cheeks.
My thick cock continued to grow and deposit small trails ofsilvery fluid on her well-shaped stomach muscles. Suddenly shereached between us and began to pinch and twist both of my stiffnipples. My fingers could feel her perspiration begin to traveldown the smooth crack of her ass. The smell of her hot sex roseto invade my nose, increasing my excitement. Maintaining a firmgrip on her strong buttocks, I reached up to feel the weight ofher heavy breast as it teased by chest. My fingers then traveleddown to the forest of thick cunt hair to find her oily, poutingpussy lips spread with excitement. I gathered her hot emissionsand began to smear them between her legs and over her finelytextured fanny.
"I need you to eat my cunt, Jim. Will you put your lips on myhot pussy and drive your tongue inside of my fuck hole?" sheasked between pants.
"Lay down, sweetheart. Let me taste your honey pot. I can'twait to smell your sex. I need to drink your cum," I said as Islowly lowered her to the carpeting in front of the fireplace.Placing my hands behind her strong thighs, I gently spread herlegs to reveal her glorious, hair-shrouded vulva. A pink, flowerappeared in front of my hungry eyes. She had such a beautiful,wet pussy. I smelled the fragrance of her heat and began tobreath heavily onto her hairy cunt hole. She began to moan andlift her hips to expedite her joy. I continued to tease herleaking hole with my hot breath and intermittently dip the tip ofmy tongue into her body.
She jammed my cock bone into her mouth in one fell swoop. As Ifelt the tip of my love tool lodge in her moaning throat, I wascompelled to shove my tongue deep into her hole and completelycover t he lips of her pussy with my lips. We were locked in anembrace, our mouths filled with one another's genitals. Sherocked her hips in and out against my mouth, and I continued todrive my fucker between her sucking lips. Suddenly I stopped. Ididn't want it to end this quickly. I would have spilled my seedinto her sucking mouth if I pumped once more.
"I don't want to blow yet, Cindy. Just let me look at you for aminute," I said as I rolled over and filled my eyes with herlovely, aroused flesh. She grasped her breasts, lifted them to mygaze a nd began to roll the nipples with her fingers. She had thelook of a hungry animal on her face. She smiled and stood infront of me. Her hands continued to travel her body from herheavy breasts to her rounded ass cheeks as she turned around forme. I didn't dare touch my raging cock for fear that it would gooff.
"I think you need a drink, Jim. I'll be right back," shewhispered as her legs stretched into a slow gait toward the bar.The fire painted each lovely curve during her short journey. Asher hot body moved the shadows of the flame from the fireplacedanced and frolicked across her taunt skin. She returned to myside and offered me another glass of cool wine. "You can take ashort break and then you're in for trouble, mother fucker. Do youlike it when I call you mother fucker? Do you like it when I talkto you about fucking and sucking?" she asked as her body lowereditself into its seated position. I loved the way her breast sacksswayed as she negotiated her wine glass and sat down.
"It drives me wild her hear your hot words. Each time you uttera sound to me, I turn to fucking butter and I think about yourbutter pouring out all over my cock bone," I teased back.
"Well then finish that wine, cunt-lapper. I don't care if youcum quickly. The next time you'll last even longer; and therewill be a next time. I'm not going to let you out of here untilI'm done," she threatened in mock fashion.
The wine was soon gone, and I found her lips wrapped around mytorpedo once again. I filled my hands with the cheeks of her assand began to lather her up to drive my pole to her depths. Shegrasped my stretched penis roughly and ran her teeth slowly andsoftly over its purple head. My tongue dipped between the welldefined gully between her pubic hair patch. The texture of hercunt hair felt good on my slowly moving tongue, and the smell ofher womanhood was intoxicating. I pushed it into the pinkcrevice, gathered up her thick juices and deposited them on thelips of her swollen vulva. "I can't take it any longer, Jim. Youhave to stick your fuck stick into my cunt hole, now," she cried."Fuck me, you wonderful cunt lapper. Bury your pole in my slimy,hairy cunt." I rolled onto my back and pulled her toward me. Shehad a hungry look on her face and didn't take her eyes off mybone. I watched as her ample breasts sway as she moved herselfinto position over my thick penis. My eyes traveled to the point of imminent contact, and I saw herpink quim peak out of the wet hair that surrounded it. Shegrabbed the head of my tool and placed it neatly between theswollen lips of her pussy. I could feel the slippery skin of hertwat painting the helmet of my bone. She rubbed it between herlegs to prepare it for penetration. All the while her lovely titscontinued to dance for me. Her nipples were like sharp, angrydarts seeking a target. My hands reached up, lifted their weight,squeezed and kneaded the flesh and allowed them to fall again tobounce and jiggle.
Quickly, my cock bone was buried to its limit. She gruntedfuriously and began to fuck her hips back and forth over myhidden hammer. The texture of the skin of her hips was beautifulas she continued to ride my monster. My hands moved back andforth between her magnificent mammaries to her strong buttocks.Each time my hands fell into the crack of her ass where it mether honey pot, they became soaked with her love cream. I smearedit over the cheeks of her ass and on her swollen nipples. Thesensation of my slippery hands, greased with her fluids, glidingover her stiff nipples was to much for her to take.
Cindy let out a muffled squeal and became as rigid as a board.Her eyes widened, as if in fear, and her mouth remained open in asoundless scream. Her rocking continued as the muscles of herlove sleeve gripped the meat of my driving cock. Her words camein a jerking fashion, "fuck.... me.... fuck the.... shit outof.... me, mother.... fucker. Suck on my tits. I accommodated herevery demand, with glee, as well as I could. I couldn't take myeyes from her passion-ridden face. Her teeth were clenched as shecontinued, "drive that cock in me. I want it all. I want yourcum. Shoot your hot load."
That's all I needed to cause my explosion. I could feel the cumbegin its journey from the depths of my hairy balls as my eyesreturned to her heaving tits. My nuts tightened, my cock becameas rigid as it had ever been, and my cream started to travel upthe shaft of my hose. "Ride it, you lovely bitch. Ride my cockwhile I squeeze your beautiful ass cheeks. Pour your cream in mylap and feel my dick in your greasy pussy," I said as my eyesinvoluntarily rolled back in my head. My buttocks tightened as Idrove my bone one last time into her wet heaven. I could feel thecum shooting into her guts and further lubricating my shaft. Shecontinued to ride as if my bone would never go away. The overflowof my juice began to spill from her tensing pussy and collect onmy burning balls. This was some remarkable woman. I could onlywonder why I had never pursued this lovely creature before. Shehad collapsed on me, and we rolled over so that she remainedcradled in my arms with her face buried in my chest.
After a short period, she stirred and asked, "are you ready forround two, stud-puppy? She began to rub her breasts against mybelly and grind her wet box against my leg. "We can get ourselvesworked up again by watching our little movie, if you would like."
I had never seen myself fuck before. I thought it would begreat to see that. "Be my guest," I said as I waved with one handin the direction of the video player. She got up slowly andsensuously moved toward the video equipment. She put the systemon rewind, recovered the remote control and went to the bar toget us another drink. As we sat there sipping and cuddling, sheput pushed the play button on the remote, and we settled in tosee this new epic.
I couldn't believe how vivid the display was. Here I wassitting with this lovely woman, watching her masturbate for me.Soon my cock began to stir and grow to its previous heights. Iplayed with her tits and her ass flesh while I watched the T.V.screen.
Her long fingernails reached for my nipples and started totease them. My hand was resting in the moist crack of her ass,squeezing the flesh of her buttocks. "I love the look on yourface as the dildo is moving in and out of your hairy pussy,Cindy," I whispered in her ear as her cream continued to fill myhand.
"And I love the way your cock grows when you watch me on thescreen. Your cock feels to good in my hand. Watch how itcontinues to get harder as we talk about it. See how the head isbecoming more smooth and deeper in color. Let me polish it foryou a little bit, Jim," she said as she turned to place it in hermouth. My fingers dipped deeper inside of her hairy, wet honeypot as her lips glided over the head of my stiff organ. Then shepulled it out and began rubbing it over her rubbery nipples.
To my utter surprise and infinite joy, I suddenly felt thevibrator slip into her slippery pussy beside my probing fingers.She drove it in deep as her lips returned to my raging penis. Wetwisted into a "69" position and my nose was soon offered thefragrance of her twat. My eyes watched the dildo searching herdepths along side my fingers. In and out it went. Up and down themoist crack it t raveled, teasing the swollen clit. Suddenly, shewithdrew the intruding vibrator, turned it off and bore down onmy thrusting hand and twisting fingers.
My mouth went to her dark pink clit and my tongue started toprovide stimulation. Her lips were traveling up and down thelength of my expanded member, and all of a sudden, I feltsomething pressing on my anal passage. The pressure continued toincrease, and I could feel something entering my ass hole. Thenit dawned on he what it was when she turned it on again. It wasthe vibrator. It rattled my buns and relaxed my rear passage asit continued to travel inward. The sensation was unbelievable asshe twisted it to rub its base against my hairy balls as itinvaded my bung hole. I could feel my thick penis continue togrow in her sucking mouth. "How do you like it, mother fucker?"she asked as she continued her gentle assault on my ass.
My answer was wordless but definite. I began to rock my hipsback and forth serving to both bury my cock further into hermouth and drive the plastic cock up my ass. Her tool became morelubricated as the time progressed, and she began to twist itwhile she drove it deeper and deeper. Soon, her toy was burieddeeply in my ass, and she turned the vibration up to a heavy hum.My fucking rod, as if with a mind of its own, began a slow, longvibration, consisting of one long spurt after another. I wascoming in a fashion that I was unfamiliar with. It seemed to comefrom my toes and rock my b rain. My cum ridden balls were slowlypumping gobs of thick cream into her sucking mouth. It was as ifI had no control over it or nothing to say about it.
As my vibrations continued, I filled my hands with slippery asscheeks and drove my tongue deep within her gushing pussy. Thearoma was wonderful. The scent of her hairy cunt hole filled mysenses, and everything seemed to be happening in slow motion. Shecontinued her efforts long after her own climax shook her bodywithin my clutching hands; long after she drank all of my stickyjuice. I was soaking wet with perspiration. Her heavy breastsslid back and forth over my hairy belly as she settled in torelax against my spent body.
With a husky voice she asked, "How was that for a littlevariety, honey? Have you ever had a vibrator between these tightbuns?"
I spoke with difficulty, "I don't think I have ever had afeeling quite like that. It was great. I came longer than I everdid. The smell of your sweet pussy, the feel of your ass meat inmy hands, and the feel of my cock lodged deep in your throatdrove my over the edge. You are fucking unbelievable, Cindy."
"Well, it wasn't bad for round one. There are a couple of waysto look at it," she said as rested her head on my thigh. "If thisturns out to be a boxing match, we will have eleven or fourteenrounds to go, depending on which league you follow. If we relateit to pussy, I still have eight lives. But I would much ratherthink of it in terms of the encyclopedia, and tonight we onlytouched on the 'As.' Let's hope that Gary gets promoted early andoften."
"Now wake up feeling wonderful and remember everything, Jim,"Peggy said as she brought me out of my trance.
Turn about is fair play, I thought as I shook my head inunderstanding.
CHAPTER NINE - MIND SEX
It had been a lousy week for Peggy. Faced with the prospectof closing her boutique due to falling sales and not having founda job as yet, she was depressed. Her children, away at collegeseemed to be unusually demanding, and it seemed that she couldn'tget anything accomplished. She was convinced that she needed somediversion. It didn't take long for her to realize that the onlything that ever made the ugly world go away was the gut wrenchingorgasms that she had from time to time. Fast and furious fuckingwould likely be her only salvation from the confusion that shewas currently feeling.
Although she had better and more frequent climaxes when theyused hypnosis, she sometimes became concerned that Jim loved fan-tasy more than he did her. She preferred normal, fantasy-freesex with Jim, but she knew that fantasy sex was his biggestturn-on. He was obsessed with the thought of another man puttinghis hands on her smooth breasts. His cock stayed as stiff as aboard each time he thought about another man sucking on her per-fect pink nipples.
Her mind wandered at the sexy thoughts that began to invadeher mind. She thought about the many conversations that she andJim had over the years. He always assured her that she was excit-ing and that it was a matter of pride. He wanted every man towant her; to see her naked, exciting body; to taste her fragranthoney pot; to hold her round, smooth buttocks in their hands. Healmost came each time he thought of another man's long, thickcock bone pounding inside of her twisting belly. That did it. Shewould hint to Jim that tonight should be a fantasy night. Tonightshe needed to escape with Jim into her deepest fantasies.
Peggy called Jim at work and asked if he would be able tocome home early tonight. He responded by saying that he would tryto be home early and questioned her as to whether anything waswrong or if she needed anything. "Just you Jim. Ya know, I thinktonight might be the night for us to escape into a wonderful fan-tasy. Do you think you might be interested?" she inquired.
"Did you have anything particular in mind, honey?" Jim askedas his mind and body began to react to the thought.
"I think that tonight I need to be a fucking slut. I need tomeet an absolute stranger... Richard Gear... Ya, Richard Gearshould fuck my brains out tonight. I need to have his hands onme. I want him to such my big tits and make me come all over hisface. He can bring as many friends as he would like," she of-fered, knowing that she was driving Jim wild with anticipation.
"I'll be home very early, honey. We can have a little lightdinner and dip into our minds as well as our bodies. Start to im-agine thick, long cocks surrounding you, touching your skin, in-vading your hot mouth and your dark hairy cunt hole," Jim beganto tease as his bone began to leave traces of his excitement inhis pants.
Now it was Jim's turn to think of all of the wonderful pos-sibilities that lay ahead. Although he had experienced a few af-fairs over the years, never had he found any woman that could ex-cite him as much as Peggy could. Her body was perfect for him. Hehad made love with women that had larger breasts, but Peggy'swere perfect. They looked perfect, felt perfect and tasted per-fect. It may have been her reaction to Jim's attention to herbreasts. He wasn't sure. He only knew that her tits exciting himmore than any others.
He had probed the depths of other women's love tunnels, butnever did his cock get harder than with Peggy. It could have beenthe well-defined lines of her lovely pubic patch. Maybe it wasthe appearance of her fat cunt lips as they became excited andfull of anticipation. It could have been the taste of her sweetpussy nectar. Again, he wasn't sure. He only knew that she wasthe best. Peggy loved to climax, and just the look on her facewhen she got off drove Jim wild.
Peggy was blessed with the most lovely set of buttocks. Hersmall but fleshy buns wiggled so nicely when she walked. It drovehim wild to fill his hands with ass flesh when he drove his cockbone deep into her gyrating cunt. She loved to feel his stronghands squeeze hard as they fucked fast and furious.
Jim's cock was so hard thinking about Peggy's lovely bodyand about the prospect of her fucking someone else for him thathis hard cock almost went off in his pants. He had a raginghard-on. He tried to hide it as he walked out to his secretary'sdesk to drop off a letter to be typed. He must not have been suc-cessful because her eyes seems to be riveted to his crotch. Shelooked away, raised her eye brows slightly and smiled. It musthave been obvious to her that Jim's mind wasn't currently onwork. "I'll be leaving a bit early today. Please just take mes-sages and make excuses for me," Jim requested.
His secretary suggested with a chuckle as she walked over tothe copy machine that, "it may be a good idea to relax for alittle while and get your mind off the job. I'll hold down thefort." She put a little extra wiggle in her ass, obviously think-ing about what he would be up to.
The garage door opened as Jim pulled into the driveway.Having parked the car, he extracted the flowers and candy that hehad acquired on the way home. He danced up the steps and into thehouse as he announced that he was home. Setting down the candy,he began looked for a vase for the flowers. A little water in thevase and a slight spay on the blooms offered and pleasant pictureof the arrangement. Jim set down the vase on the dinning roomtable and noticed that it was set for two. There was a pleasantaroma as he passed through the kitchen. He reached for the ovendoor and heard Peggy coming down the hall from the bedroom. "Hey,get out of the oven before you ruin our dinner," she said with achuckle.
Jim looked up to see one of the most lovely sights he couldremember. Peggy was standing there with an extremely low-cut yel-low blouse, a tight, light green skirt, lace hose and high heels.Her breasts were accented so well and her cleavage seemed tobeckon to him. The high heels promoted her lovely buttocks insuch a way as to make Jim want to touch them immediately. Whatgreat legs, he thought. "First, you are going to go get out ofthat suit, put something more comfortable on and I'll make you acocktail. Dinner will be ready soon and we can get down tobusiness," Peggy directed him as she swayed toward the cabinetwhere the liquor was kept. Jim smiled, walked up behind her,filled his hands with her breasts and placed his cock against herwell shaped ass.
"Yes young lady; whatever you say," he teased as he headedfor the bedroom. Soon he reappeared and found his drink waitingfor him. Peggy sauntered over to the table with a glass of whitewine in her hand. She seemed to glide, and she knew that she wasbeginning to drive Jim wild. She was proud of her breasts, butembarrassed to let anyone else see them. Jim had often promptedher to show off a little, but rarely did she ever offer hercharms to any one else's view.
Soon dinner was ready, set and consumed. Peggy had done awonderful job. She didn't overdo it. There was just enough tosuppress their hunger and not weigh them down.
"Jim, I know that you would like to see me making love withsomeone else, and I think I understand why. Tonight I would likeyou to hypnotize me, make me a prostitute and watch me getfucked. I want to forget about anything and everything all night.I just want to come until I pass out. Can we do that?" she askedpleadingly.
"It excites me beyond words to hear you say that. You aregoing to get so much cock tonight, you may never want it again,"Jim whispered.
"I don't think that's possible, honey. I don't think I canever get enough cock. I want to eat it, suck it, fuck it and rubjism all over my aching tits. I want to feel that hot, thick,sticky jelly running down the crack of my ass. I want it all,"she assured him.
Jim told her to get comfortable in the chair, and he inducedthe trance state in no time at all. "When you awaken, you willfind yourself in a lounge having a glass of wine. You are a pros-titute. You don't fuck simply for money. You do it because youare a horny woman that can't seem to get enough cock. You will beapproached by one or more men and asked to dance. Jim will be inthe lounge, and he will be able to see everything that goes on.You will try your best to excite him by the way you interact withwhoever you are dancing with. The man who agrees to pay you fivehundred dollars will look and sound like Richard Gear. You willask him to show you his money. He will show you five one hundreddollar monopoly bills and you will see them as real money. Youwill direct him to follow you, knowing that Jim will be able tosee everything that happens. He will accompany you to yourbedroom and the rest is up to you. When I snap my fingers once,you will awaken and remember everything as if it actually hap-pened. Do you understand everything that I have told you?" Jiminquired.
"Yes. I understand," Peggy spoke softly. Jim went to thegame chest and retrieved the monopoly money.
"At the count of three wake up feeling wonderful, sexy andextremely horny. One.... Tow.... Three.... Wake up; you are inthe lounge," Jim instructed.
Jim moved over to the breakfast counter and sat on a stool.He looked over at Peggy, and she threw him a seductive glance.She crossed her legs in an inviting manner and bounced her foot.Soon Jim stood up and walked over to the table. "Would you careto dance?" he asked.
Peggy responded as she was getting to her feet displayingher cleavage to its best advantage, "I would love to."
The music played softly as Peggy fell into Jim's arms. Shelooked up into his eyes as she pressed her breasts into hisstomach. Jim had difficulty keeping his eyes off her breasts. Hecould feel her press the mound of her pussy into his leg as sheseductively swayed with the music.
Peggy's mind was on fire. She knew that Jim was someplace inthe lounge watching her dance with this man. Suddenly, she felthis hand on the swell of her hip. Then it began to traveldownward and rest on her buttock; smoothing her flesh first andthen slightly squeezing it. She imagined Jim's cock getting hardat the sight. The music soon came to an end and they parted withmutual thank yous.
The next soft song came on the radio, and she was approachedby another man. She accepted his offer to dance and walked withhim hand in hand. This man started out holding her at a distance.She was sure that it was not because he didn't want to touch her,but rather because he wanted to get a good look at her lovelybreasts. He did not take his eyes off her bulging tits. "Do youlike the way my breasts look?" she asked the stranger.
Jim responded, "you have the most lovely tits I can recallseeing. My name is Roger. What is your name?
"Peggy. If you like the way they look, you should feel themagainst your chest," she said as she pressed them into his largeframe. Again she began pressing her pussy mound into his leg. Shecould feel the warmth develop between her legs as her hot nectarbegan to flow. She felt his cock growing and resting against herbelly. She was so hot now, and she knew that she was putting on agreat show for Jim.
"Do you think that we might be able to find a place a littlequieter so we can get to know one another," asked the man she wasdancing with.
"I don't mean to disappoint you, Roger, but I am a workinggirl. If you owned a candy story, it wouldn't be good business togive it away; now would it."
"You mean you are a prostitute?" he asked incredulously.
"I hope I haven't offended you, but that's what I do for aliving. And I do it very well. I do it $500.00 well," she said.
"I'm not usually given to paying for pussy, but I reallyhave to feel you next to me. I would love to employ you," he saidwith a wicked grin.
"Business first, Roger. Let me see the color of your money,and we will make the necessary arrangements.
"Roger" showed Peggy his "money" and she smiled. "Follow me,Roger. I think this is going to be a very interesting experiencefor both of us," she said with excitement, knowing that Jim wouldbe able to see every move that both of them made.
In what seemed like only moments they were in the bedroomundressing one another. Peggy could feel her love nectar begin todrip out of her hairy cunt lips and down her leg. Her nipplesseemed to be on fire. She longed to have a tongue lick them toput out the fire. She could almost feel tight lips nibbling onher large pink marbles. She saw Roger's huge cock standing at at-tention and needed to feel it in her mouth. Peggy laid down onthe bed and Roger approached the side of the bed pointing thedirection with his erect penis.
Roger moved on his knees, forward to Peggy's head, his hardthrusting cock standing stiffly from his belly, pointing at hersoft lips. Peggy rested her upper torso weight on one arm, lift-ing the other, held his cock aiming it to her mouth, resting thehead on her pink tipped tongue.
Roger held her face tenderly between his open palms, liftingher head slightly, centering his cock at her questing lips,slowly slid his cock between her full lips deep into her mouth.His cock drove deeper, and Peggy began to breathe through hernose as his prick slid over her tongue. Her lips stretched wideras his cock moved until his bulbous glans reached the back of herthroat, then with just a little more pressure, moved into thenarrow opening and lodged.
Peggy fought down the urge to gag, then swallowed, caressingthe head of his prick with the muscles of her throat. Quicklylearning to deep throat the throbbing prick in her mouth, Peggybegan swallowing and constricting her throat muscles around thehead of his deeply lodged prick.
Each time Roger withdrew his prick, Peggy would relax, thenas his cock delved deep into her throat, Peggy would swallow,giving his cock intense pleasure.
As Roger turned over and laid on his back, Peggy settled be-tween his open thighs. She leaned forward and took his cock be-tween her lips, sucking at the knobby head and drawing the fulllength of his prick into her warm wet mouth. Quickly, his prickfilled with blood, filling her oral cavity until she could nolonger hold it all inside her mouth and began to kiss the bulboushead and run her flickering tongue around the tip. Holding thepulsating head of his prick inside her sucking lips, she lappedat his hard prick from balls to glans, and her hands were at hisballs, gently caressing and fondling.
Peggy pulled Roger's prick from her hot lips, looking at itclosely, noting that the head of his cock was bright red andswollen until it glistened both with her saliva and the poundingblood filling his organ. She slipped her fingers down to feel hisballs again, and found them drawn up tight and hard. Knowing thathe was about to come, Peggy slipped her hot lipped mouth over thehead again, swirling her tongue over the glans, and driving thetip of her tongue into the hole at the end.
Peggy suckled at his pounding, stiff prick, circling thebase of his root with her lightly clutching fingers as she feltthe surge of sperm expanding his cock. The sticky jelly spurtedand rolled from his cock. Peggy pulled her mouth away quickly andaimed Roger's spurting organ at her full titties, watching thejuice spatter and cling on her full trembling globes. As Roger'sprick spent it's last drop, Peggy rubbed the glistening jism intothe softness of her tits.
Trailing a wet stream of cum, Peggy put his cock back in hermouth and sucked, compressing her lips around the shaft of hisprick, effectively milking it of any remaining drops of stickysperm, until it pulled free of her still sucking lips with anaudible noise.
Peggy left the room and returned shortly with wine for herand a cocktail for Jim. Even after he had spent his cream, hecouldn't take his eyes off of Peggy's ass as it rolled when shewalked. As she set down his drink he watched her breasts sway.They kissed deeply after they finished their drinks.
Peggy posed wonderfully on the bed next to "Roger." What avision, he thought. He could feel his rod begin to lengthen onceagain. Rolling over Roger found himself between Peggy's legs. Helifted one large tit to his mouth and began to suck gently on hernipple. A moan escaped her full lips as his hands began to mas-sage her breast meat. As Roger sucked harder on her tightpinkish-red nipples, her moans increased. His tongue began totrail down between her ample breasts to her soft belly as hetwirled her nipples between his forefingers and thumbs.
Peggy could feel his nose brush through her pubic hair inhis effort to avail himself of her fragrance. Electric shockspoured through her as she reminder herself that Jim was watchingthis man put his face into her womanhood. Roger's hands had lefther breasts to fill themselves with her soft, round buttocks. Sheplaced her own hands on her titties, cupped them tenderly andbegan teasing her big nipples.
The pink wet flesh glowed and glistened in the subduedlighting and the shadowed darkness, and Roger placed his tongue,pointed stiffly, into her clit at the top of her wet cunt, nuz-zling at her wirey, sticky pubic hairs, and the hot slipperyopening.
Licking with his tongue, Roger attempted to savor all of therich sticky juices now pouring from Peggy's pussy, moving hishead until he was able to touch the wet pulpy softness of thepussy beneath his tongue. Roger darted forward, his tongueslithering over Peggy's curly hair and wet, open slit.
The sensation of Roger's tongue on Peggy's hot clit, broughtPeggy to orgasm with wild, fast movements. Her body arching fromthe mattress as Roger's tongue laved over her clit. As Peggy con-vulsed she grabbed his head and held it tightly to her hole.Roger's sharp tongue drove deeply into her honey pit as hesqueezed her shaking buttocks.
Roger drew himself up and climbed toward Peggy as she layshaking slightly from her recent eruption. As she felt his hardmanhood approaching her still quivering pussy, she reached outfor him and came immediately to life. She wrapped her legs up-wards around the small of his back, as she felt the head of hisgreat shaft approaching her steaming hole. She bucked her hairycunt upwards in a frenzy to receive his cock. Her full titsquivering each time Roger's prick drove into her cunt, her bodywriggling with pleasure at the deep hard thrusts.
She tossed her head backwards. Her hips were moving slightlyfaster, her legs clinging a little tighter to Roger's back. Shestarted moving her heels into Roger's flanks, digging and spur-ring him on like a horse. Her cunt twisting and convulsing overRoger's driving pole deep in her pussy as her tits floppedwildly. Roger began to groan, then driving his cock to the hiltagainst her ass, his balls tight between his legs. Peggy againbegan to tighten and displayed an almost frightened look on herface. This climax was earth shaking. Jolts of electricity ranthrough her body from her tit to her clit. She began gruntinglike a wild animal as she reached out, filled her hands with hisbuttocks and pulled him yet deeper into her fuck hole.
Suddenly Roger rolled both of them over without removing hisraging penis. Peggy's full tits were quivering and shaking as sheslowly slid down on Roger's cock, burying his cock between thecurly haired lips of her dripping cunt until only his heavy,hairy balls were visible. Roger's hands held her full breasts,his fingers caressing and fondling her pink swollen nipples ashis hips drove his cock slowly into the ravishing woman's steam-ing wet cunt; her ass working in wild swinging circles as shedrove her fat lipped pussy up and down the slippery hot cock.Twice Roger had to stop her motion to keep from coming prema-turely.
He tapped her on her lovely pink ass as if to give herdirection. Gently he pushed her off of his towering cock andasked her if he could have another drink. She consented and madeanother journey for refreshments, swinging her hot bottom for thebenefit of his hungry eyes. Soon she returned displaying thedrinks and her lovely breasts. She felt so sexy and knew thatRoger and Jim would both come like a lion.
Moments after completing his drink Roger regained his com-posure and drew Peggy to him. A deep kiss precipitated himsaying, "get on your knees, honey. I'm going to drive this cockbone all the way home."
She got on her knees and exhibited her lovely buttocks tohis gaze and touch. Roger placed the head of his spear betweenthe hairy cunt lips and sunk it deeply into her body. Slowly atfirst his raging dick drove into her hole. The motion soon grewquicker, her curvaceous ass becoming a blur as she screwed hishard cock. Roger withdrew and pulled his prick upwards over herwet-lipped opening, then drove it into her cunt from behind thekneeling lusty lady again. His cock sank deeply into her crotchuntil his belly was pressed against her curvaceous ass, his ballsdangling between her richly curved trembling thighs. Peggy beganto move with his rhythm, her ass moving back as his prick sankinto her hairy cunt, quickly establishing a rhythm of lusty need.Peggy continued moving to Roger's rhythm as she felt herself nearanother climax. She knew that Jim was watching and must have hishand on his own fuck tool.
Roger's throbbing prick jetted, squirting his male cream inbetween the her clinging thighs, filling her cavity with theslippery male juice of his sex. A copious quantity of juicy hotcum escaped the tight lipped opening to trail down Peggy's cur-vaceous thigh, gleaming silver in the subdued lighting of thebedroom, clinging to her richly curved leg.
The feeling of hot sperm filling her wet pussy, broughtPeggy the rest of the way to a shuddering orgasm, her body insa-tiable, moving as a blur now bucking her ass back onto Roger'sspurting prick, driving his hard squirting male organ so deeplythat his balls were squeezed tightly between her thighs. Peggycould feel Roger's cock diminishing in size within her still con-vulsing cunt, attempting to hold his cock between the slipperyhot lips of her cunt as long as possible. As his cock shrunk, itpulled free by itself, trailing sperm while slippery pussylubricant slid down Peggy's inner thigh, dripping from theringlets of her soft curly pussy hair; the oily liquid mattingthe curls of her pubic hair, the swollen lipped opening oozingthe hot wet combined juices of Peggy's sexual passion drippingfrom the opening between her thighs. Her finger trailed down toslip between the hairy opening, gathering up a finger tip ofslippery juice, transferring the lubricant to her mouth. Peggy'spink tongue darted out, capturing the silver liquid, savoring thesalty taste, as she licked her finger clean.
Jim lay there, playing the part of Roger, spent but fullygratified. Peggy was the hottest and most exciting woman in theworld. Peggy snuggled up to him and purred like a kitten, press-ing her heavy, pink tits into the side of his chest. Gently, heshook her, looked into her eyes and snapped his fingers once.Peggy closed her eyes briefly, then reopened them. "Did you enjoythat Peggy?" Jim asked lovingly.
"I can't remember ever being that hot Jim. Promise we willdo it again soon," she begged.
Jim assured her that they would enjoy many similar experi-ments soon. "Now tell me everything that happened with this Rogercharacter." Peggy did just that. They fucked twice more thatnight and slept like babies. Peggy loved playing the part of ahooker. Next time maybe it would be Jim's turn.
CHAPTER TEN - HYPNOSEX
Pam and Art enjoyed an existence very much like most othercouples in Huntington Beach. Having moved around the globe as anarmy brat, Art had the occasion to see much of the world andCalifornia provided much of what he found to be comfortable. Witha relatively good job, Art was satisfied with his professionaldevelopment. His one concern seemed to be a fixation that heshared with millions of other men in their late thirties; hecouldn't seem to get enough sex.
It wasn't as if Pam and Art didn't enjoy their sex life; hejust couldn't get his dick wet often enough. At times he ques-tioned himself as to his libido. Was he over sexed, or did hejust want to live a complete life? He knew that life was way tooshort and that he should take advantage of what was available,while it was available.
Pam shared a position with the majority of women in contem-porary society. She wasn't quite sure if she had ever really ex-perienced an orgasm. She enjoyed sex, however she couldn't recallever having an earth shaking, eye-rolling, toe-tingling climax.Art was driven, via love, to make every effort to provide hisgorgeous, 5"3", 115 pound, blond princess with the orgasm thatshe wanted and deserved.
She did turn heads wherever she went. Her beautiful frameoffered measurements of 36D-24-36. Her heavy, magnetic breastswere accented by a small waist and saucy buttocks that made mostmen mad with envy. Now and then she would break fear's icy gripand do something sexy and completely out of the ordinary. Art wasalways turned on when this would occur. She talked about othermen gawking at her and fantasies like participating in a wet teeshirt contest. The thought of other men being aroused by Pam wasexciting for Art.
Being somewhat of a computer wiz, Art subscribed to computerseveral bulletin board services. One day while on line hedownloaded several stories about hypnosis in the bedroom on anx-rated board. The concept interested Art, and his interest con-tinued to grow. He left a message for the author of the stories,and low and behold the author returned his message.
The author's name was Jim, and he indicated that hypnosiscould indeed be used to improve one's sex life. Jim had oftenused, what he referred to as, hypnosex to give his wifeheightened sensibilities. She was able to climax on demand, makelove with any lover she chose and completely satisfy her desireswhile increasing her sexual awareness.
Imagine what could be accomplished, Art thought. Pam couldlearn how to bring herself to orgasm whenever she chose. Hetalked with her about this new approached and she indicated thatshe had tried hypnosis when she was a young girl, and it didn'twork. After sharing this with Jim, it was explained to Art thatwe are often hypnotized and don't even know it. Because we havesuch erroneous ideas of hypnosis, we could easily be hypnotizedand not be aware of it.
Jim suggested that Art read the induction techniques thatJim had given and begin by trying some relaxation exercises withPam. It surely couldn't hurt anything, but Jim cautioned Art notto attempt to do anything that Pam would find offensive or dras-tically contrary to her values.
Art began by demonstrating how comfortable one could becomeby making their body completely relaxed. Pam began to enjoy theshort sessions of relaxation. He eventually moved the sessions tothe bath, where Pam could get in a hot tub of water and lose her-self in the warmth and increased weightlessness. This excited thehell out of Art, because he could sit by casually and look at hiswife's lovely body as she closed her eyes and his voice spoke oflovely beach scenes; the white sand under her torso, the waveslapping at her exposed breasts, the sun gently warming herrelaxed body, the birds filling the air with song. He took histime with her development in an effort to teach relaxation andincrease her interest.
In several weeks Art contacted Jim and indicated thatprogress was being made, but he wanted to intensify the relaxa-tion. Jim suggested that he may now being moving the sessions tothe bedroom and introduce sensual massage as an element in thehypnosis effort.
At the next session Art suggested to Pam that she could be-come even more relaxed. He told her that after the bath he wouldteach her another technique. When her bath was complete, Artcarefully helped Pam dry off and escorted her to their bed. Pre-viously, he had prepared everything that would be needed andplaced the items next to the bed: a towel, a bottle of body lo-tion and a hand-held electric massager.
He suggested that she should imagine being on her favoritebeach and that there would be no one within miles. She was takingadvantage of the solitude and should feel comfortable to bask inthe sun free from the restrictions of clothing. It was just thetwo of them. He asked her if she could feel the texture of thesand under her body as she rested on her belly; could she feelthe warmth of the sun on her back, legs and buttocks. Art thenbegan to ever-so-gently run his fingers down her back and stoppedjust above her buttocks at the small of the back. He touched herneck at the hair line and lightly ran his fingers up to and be-hind her ears. He could see her shiver slightly at his quiet ad-vances. He then went completely to the opposite end of thislovely body, just above the ankles and ran the back of his fingertips up her calves to the back of her knees. He stopped momen-tarily and continued the path up the back of her thighs andstopped where the cheeks of her lovely ass met her thighs.
His cock was raging at this point. It was as big as he hadever remembered it being, and he could feel the semen leakingfrom its head, wetting his underwear. Out of the shear firedeveloping in his loins, he reached down and touched his stiffrod and stroked it lightly with one hand as his other continued apath up Pam's sides to the swell of the sides of her breastsresting on the sheets. He asked her if her breasts felt goodresting on the warm sand and if she could feel her nipples becom-ing hard as they sought new depths.
Art then turned Pam over and gently brushed the "sand" fromher breasts, belly and thighs. He continued his efforts on thefront of her willing body. After teasing her senses with hisfeather touch, her told her that he would be applying body lo-tion. Placing an ample amount of lotion in his hands to warm it,Art was soon applying the oily mixture to his lovely wife.Throughout the ensuing moments, Art continued to give Pam sug-gestions about becoming more and more relaxed; her body was feel-ing heavier and heavier; becoming part of the earth; that she wasso relaxed she didn't want to move. He told her that she hadnever felt so relaxed and that she wanted to fall into a deepsleep; that's OK just let yourself go and enjoy the warmth of thesun on your body.
As the lotion was urged into every pore of her body she wastold to let her mind wander to any place that she chose. Shecould be anywhere in the world with whomever she wanted to bewith. He suggested that she keep her eyes closed and imagine thatshe was being given a massage by anyone that she chose. Art con-tinued to massage his lovely wife's body as his cock strained forrelease. His hands began to become more aggressive and would oc-casionally linger on her ripe nipples and inner thighs. Soon Pamopened her legs to admit his advancing fingers. He could see herlove juices begin to drip from her swollen pussy lips. He gentlyturned her over and began to knead the meat of her buttocks,thighs and back. Again she opened her thighs as a message to dipinto her hot love cavern. Not wanting to take this session toofar, Art began to prepare her for being fully awake. He told herthat she was beginning to become fully awake; that her body wasbecoming lighter and lighter and that she would begin to count toten. When she reached ten she would be fully awake and feel won-derful.
Pam did as she was bid and told Art that they would be muchmore comfortable if he would take his things off and come to bed.The kids were in bed and there was nothing stopping them fromrelaxing together the rest of the night. It didn't take much en-couragement for his love rod to come to full attention. He rolledinto Pam's arms, his chest rested on Pam's soft, warm breasts,and his raging cock soon found her oily, gaping tunnel to spillhis seed into. This time everything was different. She threw herlegs back in an effort to bring him as deeply inside of her as hecould be. She actually shuddered this time as he filled hisstrong hands with the cheeks of her ass, and his cock continuedto pummel her moist, hairy hole.
Art's elation was doubled when he received a message fromJim indicating that Jim and Peggy would soon be planning a cruiseto the Caribbean and invited Art and Pam to meet with them on thecruise. It would be on Norwegian Cruise Lines; the Seaward. Thecourse of travel would be one evening at sea, one day on thecruise line's private island, on the Ocho Rios in Jamaica,another day at sea with a stop in the Caymen Islands, a half dayin Cozumel and return. The thought of a cruise had always excitedArt. What excitement would they find in this new adventure?
You only go around once, Art mused. What the hell! Pam wasamenable to the idea. It would be great to be away from theeveryday toils and the kids for a while. It was all set. The datewould be in February and arrangements had been made. Anticipationwas beginning to drive Art wild. He continued his experimentationwith Pam's relaxation techniques and began to introduce himselfto a series of fantasies. The holidays came and went, building anatural anticipation in the two couples.
The Miami Harbor was bustling with activity. Art and Pamcouldn't get over the size of the ship. Baggage check was con-ducted without incident, and they walked up the half mile longwinding ramp which led to the entry way. Their eyes traveled fromone couple to another wondering if they would see Peggy and Jimamong the couples entering the ship. The excitement continued toincrease as their eyes fell upon any number of beautiful lookingcouples, men and women.
After settling in their cabin, they removed to the top ofthe pool deck for departure. The ship's engines began their slowbut steady pull away from the dock as well-wishers moved aboutlike ants ten stories below the couple's vantage point. Once theship was clear of the harbor, Pam and Art ordered a drink fromCaptain Billy's Bar and reclined on the lounge chairs on the mainpool deck. Already bodies began to rid themselves of clothing toenjoy the 75 degree warmth of the sun deck.
Art could feel his manhood start its upward climb to erec-tion as one lovely woman after another pranced by his perch. Onein particular seemed to provide interest as he looked out overthe deck behind his dark glasses. Each step her rolling buttocksseemed to provide invitation as the sway of her tantalizingbreasts lightly covered by a thin clinging tee shirt hypnotizedhim and fed his erection. She continued to skip about the deckwith every intention of attracting the gaze of every man onboard.
He knew that she could feel eyes on her as she went to thebar and returned with a drink. Suddenly she returned to the barto retrieve a cocktail napkin and provided another view of herexciting body. Her gathered suit bottom was scant and hugged therolling curves of her tight fanny from the swaying cheeks of herass to the deep crack which provided the division between thesesmooth globes. Art's eyes traced her pubic arch and perceivedtight golden curls of hair furtively peaking from beneath thecloth designed to contain them. Traveling upward he saw eachheavy breast rise and fall with the motion of her shoulders. Sheknew he was watching every move and exaggerated each to enhancehis interest. Art was hoping that this would be Peggy, but wherecould Jim be.
Pam couldn't help but to notice Art's interest. Oddly enoughshe didn't feel jealous. It was kind of exciting to see Art'sfocus and the resulting bulge develop in his shorts. She knewthat soon she would feel that thick bone driving inside of herslippery love tunnel. Her own interest began to develop as manyof the ship's men began to move about the deck. Thin men, fatmen, muscular men, tall men, short, suave, fast talkers, relaxedattitudes and mysterious men all provided a circus of observa-tion. There were several that she seemed attracted to. She knewthat she could turn on most of the men on the ship and was boundand determined to do just that.
Shortly thereafter as Pam was sipping an iced pina colada,she noticed a man that she had not previously seen on deck. Shealmost laughed to herself when she began to ponder the humor ofinvariably seeing several people while on vacation that bore astrong resemblance to folks that she knew back come. This nicelooking men was the spitting image of Larry, her next door neigh-bor. She had always fantasized about having an affair with Larrybut was hesitant because he lived so close to her. This guy'sfanny was even cuter than Larrys, she smiled as she thought. Shecould feel the warmth develop in her loins as the thin materialof her panties massaged her soft pussy each time she squeezed herthighs together. She was becoming wet thinking about a nice thickpenis resting above a pair of heavy, hairy balls.
When Pam and Art returned to the room to get ready for anearly dinner, there was a flashing light on the phone indicatingthat there was a message at the desk. Art's heart jumped slightlyknowing that it may be a message from Peggy and Jim. His hopeswere justified as the young English girl told him that Jim hadcalled and asked her to relate that they were in cabin 4010 andwould like Art to call when he returned. He no sooner hung up thephone when he began dialing cabin 4010. Peggy answered the phone,and her voice provided further excitement. "Hello. This is Art. Ipresume that I'm talking to Peggy. How are you?" he said with aslight quiver in his voice.
"Fine, thank you. I've heard so much about you. Jim tells methat this is your first cruise. I'm convinced that you will loveit. Please let me know if there is anything I can do to make itmore comfortable. Tell Pam that I said Hi, and I'm anxious tomeet her. Would you like to talk to Jim?" Peggy's upbeat voicerang out the question.
Jim and Art agreed to meet on the lower pool deck fordrinks, an informal dinner and conversation. Art told Jim that hecould recognize them because Pam would be wearing a blue andwhite striped halter top outfit with white shorts.
His eyes couldn't help but to wander as Jim got off theelevator on the lower pool deck. His anxiety increased whilelooking for Art and Pam. He was also very proud of how greatPeggy looked in her revealing swim suit and open cover-up. Shewore a black and white perrot doll, two-piece suit that accen-tuated her heavy, milk-white breasts on the top. The bottomsseparated and hugged her firm, solid buttocks as they rose andfell with each step. Jim could feel himself becoming hard as hewatcher her tease the audience on the lower deck. Just a hint ofreddish pubic hair peaked from the vee of her suit bottom.
They approached the Tiki bar and were greeted by a ratherpleasant English bar tender. "What will be your pleasure,friends?" asked Bill the bar tender.
Jim looked inquiringly at Peggy, shrugged and suggested tono one in particular, "two pena coladas, Peg?" She nodded heragreement and Bill began the mixology ritual. Jim's eyes con-tinued to scan the participants, and his eyes fell on one of theloveliest creatures in his memory. She was so lovely, he didn'teven notice that she was wearing a blue striped halter top andwhite shorts. As it dawned on him that the couple approachingwere likely Art and Pam, he wanted to check his breath and locatehis Pulitzer Prize so that he could impress them. He was, inshort, pleased that the couple that they were soon to meet wereas attractive as they obviously were.
Pam and Art seemed somewhat shy as they approached. Jimnoticed their apparent discomfort and tried his best to lightenthe moment. Jim took the initiative to break the ice by makingthe introductions, ordering drinks and offering both jokes andsmall talk. Soon, as is often the case, the ladies generatedtheir own conversation about the children, awful teachers,P.T.A., and wardrobes. Jim and Art took a walk to the sportingdeck to observe the skeet shooting exercises.
"How much have you really benefited through the use of hyp-nosis, Peggy?" asked Pam as they settled onto deck chairssituated at pool side.
Peggy became excited as she shared her successes with Pam.As they started on their second Pina Colada and Margarita, Peggyspoke to her of progress in weight control, assertiveness and im-proved sex life. "Not only I am in control of my destiny, eachday is filled with excitement and growth," Peggy told Pam.
"What do you mean by 'excitement and growth?'" Pam inquiredof Peggy.
Peggy went on to explain how her sexual life had been im-proved by the added variety that hypnosex could offer. She didn'tused to think as much of herself. She didn't really know what mayhave happened in her childhood to give her an inferiority com-plex, but until Jim showed her what potential she had, she foundsex unexciting and was somewhat introverted. Now she found othermen attractive, became excited when she knew she could exciteothers and was able to develop new relationships that helped herin her professional development as well as her personal growth.
Pam was somewhat incredulous, "doesn't Jim get jealous whenhe thinks about you involved with other men?"
"Quite the contrary. He encourages it. He knows I love him,and I think he likes to show me off. There was a time when Iwould have worn a bathing suit only if I had to in order to gointo the swimming pool. Now I like to wear as little as possibleso I can excite other men as well as Jim. It's put the excitementback into our marriage and multiplied it a hundred-fold. In mymind, I can fuck anyone I want to. I have had Kevin Cosner suckmy breasts... not just imagination... he has actually laid on topof me and put my tits in his hot mouth. Sean Connery has beenkind enough to give me a full body massage with his strong handson my hot flesh. It continues to get better, and I can be withanyone I want to. I usually like to finish up with Jim. He willalways be the best, especially after becoming as excited as thefantasy makes him. Sometimes you should try it. I don't think youwould be sorry. As an example, look out at this sea of human manflesh around the pool," Peggy suggested. "Don't any of them ap-peal to you?"
Pam's eyes began to scan the men around the pool. "There area few men that are wonderfully built," she said.
"Well, imagine how they would look without their suits. Im-agine how it would feel to have their hands on your beautifulbreasts, their lips sucking on your nipples, their hands holdingyour tight buttocks. Doesn't that make you feel a tingle betweenyour legs?" Peggy asked.
Pam started to feel just that tingle that Peggy was eludingto. "Now that you mention it, I have had fantasies about makingit with other men. I just seem to fight the urge because of how Iwas brought up. We were always taught that it was wrong. I dofind that guy over there with the red suit on exciting," Pam con-fided to Peggy.
"Take a good look, memorize each muscle and bulge, closeyour eyes and imagine laying with your legs open, and he is rub-bing the head of his hard rod against the lips of your vagina. Heis gathering your nectar on the head of his cock so he can slideit inside of your body," Peggy urged.
Pam's eyes closed and her mind began to wander. She couldfeel her nipples harden, and as she moved her legs slightly backand forth, she could feel the moisture begin to flow between herlegs. With each moment that went by, she continued to squeeze herbuttocks together to increase the sensation. "Oh christ!" shesaid through pursed lips. "If I keep thinking about him, I know Iwill have a climax right here. We had better change the subjectfor a while."
Peggy's smile was broadening as she watched Pam's subtledisplay of sexuality. "OK, on a slightly different note... Howwould you like to do some exploring on Pleasure Island when weget there? The four of us can mix up a batch of drinks and go ona hike up the little river. They have a great little water fallsabout three miles from the beach. The road is within a half mileand I'm told that nobody likes to hike that last half mile. Weshould have the water falls to ourselves," Peggy hinted.
Pam seemed interested as she told Peggy, "I think the guyswill get a kick out of it. Let's be adventurous.
Meanwhile on the sporting deck, Jim and Art were discussingtheir limited interest in guns and shooting sports. More oftenthan not they discussed a series of lovely young lady joggersthat continued to jaunt by. "I'm just glad to be away from com-puters and business for a while, Jim. I think that Pam and Ineeded to get away from the kids and home for awhile. I don'treally care what we do, if anything, while away. I just want torelax, have a few drinks and fuck like a dog," Art pronounced.
"You and me, both, Art. The atmosphere of the cruise and theislands brings out the libido in me. Incidentally, I don't wantto offend, but Pam is one of the hottest women I've ever seen.She could give the pope a stiff," Jim offered kiddingly.
Art smirked and said, "Oh that's OK, Jim. I would feel badif you thought she had to sneak up on a glass of water to get adrink. I think she's beautiful, and I appreciate it when othersthink that she is exciting. Same goes for me. Peggy has a greatset of tits. My only dilemma is whether I like her tits or hergreat ass better. I wouldn't mind seeing those puppies of herswithout the suit.
"Who knows. You just may have the opportunity to do that.She claims that she is going to broaden her horizons on thisvacation and get a little real sun. We've done a few hypnoticfantasies about sun bathing before we left home. It turned her onso much, one night she had eight climaxes just laying out in thesun and playing with her pussy. If the moment is right, I'll giveher some suggestions that prompt her to explore her sensuality,"Jim said with raised eyebrows.
"I can feel myself getting hard at the thought of it, Jim.What do you say we get back to the pool, get the girls and some-thing to eat?" Art suggested.
Their dinner was a pleasant experience. Too many varietiesand a little too much to eat. After a short rest in their respec-tive rooms and a change of clothes, the two couples returned tothe pool deck to avail themselves of the fun calypso beat offeredby a native band. Jim was very enamored by Pam based on the heavystate of his rod, yet still got excited as he saw many of theeyes on board turned toward Peggy as she exhibited her fleshwhile frolicking on the deck. The four adventurers swam together,rolled around in one of the hot tubs and generally had a warm,enjoyable time that evening. As the stars bid that day good bye,each of the couples retired to their beds to investigate thepleasures of an increasing sensuality.
"Art and Pam are really nice people, honey. Don't you thinkso?" Jim asked of Peggy as she shed her cover-up and swim suit.
Peggy smiled demurely and said without expecting an im-mediate response, "you would like to see his cock in my mouth,wouldn't you, Jim? I saw how your bone came to attention when hewas watching me walk around the deck. I got terribly excited whenhe brushed up against me in the hot tub. I felt his hard rod. Ithink he is hung well, Jim. I think I would like to feel his cockin me oily hole, honey. Imagine that! If her were touching mynaked buttocks and kissing my neck. That turns you on, doesn'tit, baby? You weren't able to hide your interest in Pam either.Her breasts are very lovely. I'd like to see them in your mouthas Art pumps his stiff bone in me." They continued to talk oneanother into a frenzy. Jim induced hypnosis on Peggy and gave hera sensual massage by Art. Their evening ended by Jim bringing herback to reality and fucking her mouth and hairy pussy threetimes. Sleep followed with saucy dreams and exciting hopes for anew day in a new port.
Pleasure Island, as it was called, was a private islandowned by the cruise line. It was little more than three miles byseven miles with three small lakes, a river and miles of beaches.As Jim stumbled out of bed, showered, brushed his teeth anddressed, he heard the ship's announcer on the intercom. "We arenearing the coast of Pleasure Island. The first shuttle willleave in one hour."
"I'll see you on the top deck, honey. I'll have coffee andbreakfast waiting," Jim offered to Peggy as he was leaving thestate room. "Get your sweet ass out of the rack and get moving.There's a wonderful new world out there to see."
The cool and salty morning air brushed Jim's cleanly shavenface as the elevator door opened on the top deck. His eyes werebathed with the sight of land through the mist of the morning.The sun was already burning off the fog and the day promisedlittle humidity and lots of sunshine. The crew was bustling aboutcleaning the decks and placing deck chairs around the pool. Otheradventurers were creating small traffic patterns as they acquiredtheir coffee and breakfast. Jim located a table with a great viewof the approaching island, deposited his towel and bag and gotinto line for the morning's goodies.
"Hello, Jim. Did you sleep well?" Pam inquired as she ap-proached Jim's table.
"Like a baby. I think I could get used to a steady diet ofthis. Damn, you look great today. Please join me. Peggy will behere shortly. I hope you won't be offended when I tell you this,but Peggy found Art very exciting. In fact, he was the subject ofher fantasy last night," Jim revealed as his eyes traced eachmove that Pam made in her approach to the table.
Pam blushed slightly, "he is an attractive man, and shewould be blind not to notice. However, she isn't doing badly forherself either. Did anyone ever tell you that you resemble Har-rison Ford? I find him exciting and have seen almost everythinghe had done from Star Wars to his most recent."
Jim had been told that on several occasions, but reallycouldn't see the resemblance much himself. "My kids have alwaystold me that. If you think he's nice looking, I'll take that as acompliment. If anyone as lovely as you considers me attractive, Iguess I can die now and not pass go, collect two hundred dollars,and do directly to heaven," Jim said kiddingly as they bothchuckled.
Peggy came ambling by and was soon followed by Art. "You'reout of my sight for a half hour and already your cheating on mewith Pam. Well, if you must cheat, it may as well be with theloveliest guest on board," Peggy teased as she sat down. The twocouples had a leisurely breakfast and made plans to adventureonto the island in an hour.
Getting to the water falls was not as difficult as they hadthought. There were five taxi stands on the only road on the is-land. The driver told them that the blue taxi sign was the oneclosest to the water falls, and a taxi came by every half hour orso. The ride to the blue taxi stop was interesting because theywere all crammed into the back seat, and Peggy and Pam had to sitrather close to the two men. As they emerged from the taxi, thesun fell full on the faces of the two couples. They had packed alight lunch and brought two thermos jugs full of pirate drinks.After a short journey prompted by the directions of the driver,they could soon hear the subtle song of the falls.
Other than the swaying buttocks of the two lovely women thatwalked in front of the two men, Jim thought that this was likelyone of the most beautiful sights he had ever seen when he ap-proached the falls. Crystal clear water cascaded over the rockformation and cut a path through a green garden. The girlsquickly placed a blanket on the ground and lost their outer wrap-pings. Peggy's body was taunt as it stretched out in a run forthe water. Each muscle and curve was accented by the sun witheach move. Pam was a little more hesitant as she approached thewater. "Do you think that there is anything alive in the water?"she asked as her foot reached the shore of the small lake.
"Not just yet, honey. Soon there will be some major snakespop out if you look any better than you do right now," Art saidwith a smile. Soon both girls were frolicking in the water. Jimand Art settled down with a drink on towels brought along forthat purpose.
The men soon dozed off, lulled by the sound of the water-fall. Jim couldn't believe his eyes when he opened them. Pam andPeggy had removed their suits and were climbing the path besidethe falls. He looked to see if Art was aware and noticed that Artwas already paying close attention as he stroked his cock throughhis suit. "Holy christ! Why didn't you wake me?" Jim chastisedArt.
"You haven't missed much, Jim. They just took their thingsoff, and I think they believe that we are snoozing. Damn, yourwife has great tits. I love the way they sway when she thinks sheis about to fall. Her ass is so smooth and well shaped," Art an-nounced almost as if to himself.
Jim felt his cock stiffen as Art spoke of Peggy's body. Pamwas indeed beautiful, he thought. She could compete with anyyoung girl in a glamour magazine. Playboy, look out! As Jimwatched Pam and Peggy helping one another up the side of thefalls, he slipped his cock from the side of his suit and began tostroke it. Art couldn't help but notice what he was doing andsoon followed his lead. "Are you looking at my wife or yours,Jim?" Art asked without taking his eyes off the girls.
"Does it matter?" Jim asked as he continued to lightly runhis hand up and down his blood engorged fuck tube. "I haven't hada raging hard-on like this in five years. Your wife is gorgeous,and Peggy has never looked so good with her tits glistening asthey are and her ass wiggling. Wouldn't you love to have yourbone in one of them right now?"
"It's OK with me if it's OK with you. I have had fantasiesabout fucking Peggy ever since I first saw her. Now that I'mlooking right up Peggy's ass, do you have any reservations abouther making it with another man?" Art asked.
Jim looked at him with a serious look in his eyes and said,"the thought of you fucking Peggy does nothing but excite thehell out of me. It'll be her call. If she wants some strangecock, it may as well be yours. Go for it."
The two men continued to pull on their enlarged cocks untilthe girls began to return from the falls. As they approached,they could see that the men were no longer asleep and attemptedto cover themselves with the clothes they carried. "I hope you'renot angry that we tried to get a little closer to nature, Art. Itwas wonderful. You should try it," Pam said as she traded herpartially wet clothing for a towel to hide behind.
Art jumped up off the towel, smiled, dropped his suit andsaid, "doesn't bother me a bit, Pam." He began to head toward thewater, and Peggy's eyes riveted on his heavy cock as it bouncedoff his well-tanned leg. "Last one in's a piker."
Pam threw caution to the wind and followed Art into thewater. Jim's excitement increased as he saw Pam's buttocks rollwith the rhythm of her unabashed dance to the water. Jim stoodup, looked at Peggy as he raised his eyebrows and asked, "shallwe?"
Peggy dropped her clothes, put her hands on her waist,cocked her hips to one side and wiggled her hefty breasts at Jim."Let's get in the water before I lose my courage," she giggled.He removed his suit, walked over, grabbed her hand and they ap-proached the water as their eyes sought the flesh of their newfriends. Jim's cock began its upward journey to mild erection asthey entered the water.
Art had already lifted Pam into his arms in the water in aneffort to show off her lovely assets. Pam's breasts were bobbingin the cool water and her hardy nipples stood out as littlemarbles on the globes of her substantial, yet firm breasts. AsJim and Peggy came closer, Art lifted Pam's smooth buttocks outof the water and seemed to point them at the other couple. Jim'shand closed more tightly on Peggy's hand as his eyes met the wethair that graced Pam's pouting pussy slit. He could feel his cockbegin to throb while he viewed the ball-like flesh of Pam's asscheeks. Suddenly, Peggy's hand was on his raging penis and beganto stoke its full length under the water. "I haven't felt youthis hard in a long time, honey," she commented as she turned torub the nipples of her soft tits against his strong arm.
Jim swung Peggy through the air in a swirl in an effort tolift her slightly out of the cool water to place her buttocks andbreasts before the inquiring eyes of the other couple. Jim wasproud of Peggy's body and became even more excited as the othercouple's eyes became glued to her flesh. Peggy never dropped astroke on Jim's erection. Her hand glided easily over the skin ofhis fuck tool aided by the water, yet it seemed to stick peri-odically. Jim's balls were being pulled by his stretching erec-tion as he filled his hands with Peggy's firm buttocks andcovered her mouth with his. Peggy placed his hard rod between herlegs and tightened them like a vice while she filled her handswith his hairy ass and hid her tongue in his sucking mouth.
Pam's excitement continued to sky rocket as she reviewed thedisplay of the other couple. She reached up, cupped her lovelyleft breast and began to pinch its rock-hard nipple. Her eyesrolled up in her head as Art's hand found the deep crack of herass cheeks, allowed it to caress its length and dip into herhairy, swollen love tunnel. He inserted two fingers into herhoney pot and lowered his head to tweak her nipple with hardenedlips. He then fully sucked her nipple into his softening mouthand continued to suck while his hand assault continued on herflooded pussy.
The lips of Peggy's deep love hole were opening like aflower as her excitement increased. She soon felt Jim's handsglide over her clenching ass cheeks, lift her by her buttocks,spread the lips of her oily pussy and insert the head of histhick fuck bone. They felt some resistance to his entry due tothe washing action of the water, but as the head of his penis be-came covered with her love fluids, his cock made progress intoher depths. She had never fucked in the water with anothercouple, and it didn't take long for her to begin her first mind-blowing climax. "Oh fuck! Blow your hot cream in my hole, honey.Fuck it up in there and cover my fucking guts with your boilingcock juice," she raged as Jim's pulled her ass toward his as-saulting cock bone.
Pam and Art stopped briefly to watch Peggy enjoying her or-gasm. Peggy's full breasts were flopping up out of the water andpounding on Jim's hairy chest with each thrust of his pole intoher oily slot. Art glided through the water attempting to getcloser to the wildly fucking couple. He wanted to get as close aspossible in an effort see their bodies locking in their lustyembrace. As his legs cut through the water in his short journey,one hand remained on Pam's large breasts and the other hand con-tinued its assault on her deep, hot slit. Soon they were standingnext to the wildly fucking couple. Art turned Pam so that hiscock bone rested in the deep crack of her tight ass. His handguided his hot rod down the division between her fanny globes andplaced the head of his cock at the entrance to her slipperypussy. She spread her long legs in welcome to his hard cock andfelt Art's trembling hand slipping quickly over the hard nipplesof her floating mammary glands.
Suddenly, Peggy reached out, in her last moment of passion,grabbed Art's hand and crushed it to her breast. Jim, Art and Pamhad a look of disbelief on their faces as their eyes were rivetedto Art's fingers, filled with Peggy's tit flesh. She continued tospasm with Jim's cock embedded in her hairy love tunnel. Jim wascrazed by the initiative that Peggy had taken and fell into thearms of lust. Pam bent back to offer her gaping pussy to Art'sprodding penis. She then reached down to feel Jim's bone pulsingas it spent his load into Peggy. Jim's cock began its long jour-ney to the depths of Pam's quim.
Spent as they were, Peggy and Jim parted, moved back andbegan to watch Art drive his bone into his wife. They could seeArt treating himself to Pam's swinging globes and the rock-hardnipples that adorned them. The look on Pam's face was that of ahungry lioness, and she began to grunt with each thrust of Art'scock. "Fuck it in there, baby. Stick your long pole in my hotpussy just like Jim did to Peggy. Spill your cock lava into mypit," Pam shouted through clenched teeth.
Art pulled his bouncing cock from Pam's gaping pussy andturned her around. She jumped in the water throwing her legs wideand grabbed Art under his strong arms. Art re-inserted his boldsword into her waiting hole and began pumping her again. Jimwhispered something to Peggy and moved in behind Pam. He reachedaround Pam and cradled her breasts with his hands allowing herripe nipples to fall between his thumbs and forefingers. Pamreleased her grip on Art and fell back into Jim's arms whileholding fast to Art's hips with her legs. Pam was suspended be-tween the two men. Art was driving his meat into her womanhoodand Jim was manipulated her fleshy breasts.
Peggy moved behind Jim and reached for his swollen, hairyballs as she began to tenderly bite on the muscles of his back.The attached couple were now fucking with a frenzy, their excite-ment enhanced by the ministrations of their new friends. Pam'seyes were wild. "Jim has got my tits in his hands, Art. Anotherman is playing with my hard nipples. Does that drive you wild,mother fucker?" she asked as she panted.
"I love the sight of his fingers on your nipples. Peggy isplaying with my fuck nuts. Can you feel her hand down there? Myballs are so tight I think they are going to explode," Artgrunted. Peggy allowed her hand to continue its path beyond Art'sballs to his penetrating cock. She could feel his straining penisenter Pam. She felt the slick, hair-covered pussy open to admitArts pounding cock as she pressed her soft, heavy tits into Art'sback.
"Jim has got his cock rubbing against my back, Art. I canfeel his bone on my buns, honey. It feels so good against my assas you're driving your cock into me," Pam jerked out the words.
"How would you like to feel his cock in you, Pam? Can youfeel his bone spreading the lips of your hairy pussy as it spearsyou? Can you feel his cum pumping into your belly? Can you feelhis hands on the cheeks of your ass, his lips on your nipples,his tongue in your cunt?" Art went on to heighten her excitement.Pam soon began to convulse uncontrollably as she climaxed on Artspurting cock bone.
The two couples separated. Art took Pam into his arms andgently held her as a helpless baby. Jim and Peggy fell into oneanother's arms, smiled at each other and headed for the beach andtheir towels. As soon as Art and Pam regained their composure,they too returned to dry land. Each of the four friends weredealing with the interaction in their own way. Little was said aseach felt somewhat embarrassed by the scene. They soon began todress and headed back to the road to catch the taxi back to thedock. It was Jim who first broke the silence while they waitedfor their ride. "I guess we all feel a little weird about this,but tell me, have any of you ever been so hot before in yourlives?"
Smiles appeared on the faces of the other three. Artresponded, "Pam never felt so good to me, and Peggy's hand on myballs almost made me pass out while I was giving it to Pam. I'mso damned tired and drained, it will be a good three minutesbefore I'm ready to go again. Hey! Did it dawn on any of you yetthat we forgot to eat?"
Laughter mingled with gasps of disbelief from each of themas the taxi pulled up to carry them back to the ship. The rideback was short and quiet. Matted hair and half-wet clothingserved to make the ride a little more uncomfortable than it wouldhave been. The taxi pulled up to the dock and deposited the tiredfoursome. They gathered up their packages and began their trek upthe gang plank. Fernando greeted them as they re-entered the shipand asked, "was your stay pleasurable, ladies and gentlemen?"
"And that's not the half of it," announced Pam. "That's agreat little island you have there." Pam and Peggy helped oneanother with their gear as the men trailed behind watching eachstep of the girls and quietly reading one another's mind. Theywere convinced that tomorrow would promise even greater enjoy-ment.
CHAPTER ELEVEN - MIND SEX
Jim could feel himself becoming more interested in whatwonders hypnosis had to offer he and Peggy and their sexualdesires. He decided to take Peggy to a new level of sexualheights. He had helped Peggy experience complete hallucination ofthe senses on two different occasions. The first was to find heron a secluded beach masturbating, and the second was a wonderfulmassage by a great looking stranger. Now what? She had stillnever had a stranger's cock in her body. Jim decided that wouldbe the next adventure. He would introduce Peggy to this ex-perience on Saturday night.
The week seemed to drag on. It seemed as though Saturdaywould never come. Each time Jim looked at Peggy he thought abouthow exciting it would be for Peggy to give her body to a strangeman; her lovely breasts, her round buttocks, her hot pussy.Strange hands on her skin; her lips on another man's penis; hishairy balls resting in her hands and on the soft cheeks of herass. He went wild with the thought of it. And then Saturday came.
They spent their evening in the same fashion as usual. Amovie, a pizza and a bottle of wine were their entertainment. Themovie was not bad, the pizza was different and the wine wasgreat. Jim did have a hard time keeping his mind on anythingother than sex. As they prepared to retire, Jim's apprehensionincreased. Peggy had no idea what was to take place. As Peggydressed in her night clothes to get into bed, again Jim's mindwandered to thoughts of another man gazing on her wonderful body.Jim snapped his fingers twice, his regular post hypnotic suggest-ion that would place Peggy into a deep trance state. He watchedher eyes close. A warm smile appeared on her lips, and she meltedinto a deep sleep.
Jim continued to bring Peggy deeper and deeper into hertrance. He suggested to her that upon reaching her deepest trancestate she would begin to feel very sexy. He continued along theselines for quite some time until he could perceive Peggy actuallybeginning to squirm. She was hot and wanted fucked. Jim told herthat he would soon wake her and when she awoke, she would findherself all alone and extremely horny. She would dress completelyin a tight fitting outfit, get in the car and go to the all-nightgrocery store.
When she reached the store, she would complete the shoppingthat she was going to do the next day. While at the grocerystore, she would meet a stranger with a green ribbon in the zip-per of his coat. As soon as she identified the green ribbon, theman wearing the ribbon would be the most exciting man she hadever seen. She would have trouble taking her eyes off of him.This would be the man she always wanted to make love to.
Jim went on to explain that she would be attracted to thisman so much, because she may never have the chance to see himagain. He further told her not to concern herself with Jim be-cause he would be out of town on business for two days. Before hewoke Peggy up he decided to give her one more post hypnotic sug-gestion. That suggestion took the form of the length of each ofher orgasms. He would pyramid them. He told her that the inten-sity of her climax would be double what she ever experiencedbefore.
After assuring her that she would remember nothing aboutbeing in a trance, Jim woke Peggy up. Now would follow the firsttest. Would she awaken, go about the business of getting readyfor the grocery store and not be able to see Jim. He waited witha great deal of interest as he watched Peggy get ready to go tothe store. He sat in a chair in the corner of the master bedroomsilently.
Peggy got up from the bed and went into the bathroom off thebedroom without acknowledging Jim's presence. He never took hiseyes off Peggy as she began to pin her hair up to take a shower.Her hair secure, she removed her night clothes, and Jim's bloodbegan to race. His thick penis began to grow as he viewed herlovely bouncing breasts and the cleave of her ass cheeks. Hersoft pubic hair was brought into view as she turned. She stoppedin front of the mirror and began to admire herself.
Her hands reached up and gently cupped her ample breasts.Peggy pointed the nipples at the mirror and a smile crept overher lips. As the thumb and forefinger of each hand pinched thegenerous pink nipples of each mound of flesh her eyes rolled upand closed. Maintaining her grasp on one of the nipples, she al-lowed her other hand to dip down to her bush. Jim had never seenPeggy alone and unaware of a spectator. He now understood what avoyeur must feel like. His hard rod stretched to its maximumlength.
Peggy began to furiously rub her clit and manipulate herbreasts. Jim heard a soft moan and Peggy turned from the mirrorto head for the shower. Jim's excitement continued as Peggy en-tered the hot stream of the shower and soaped every inch of herhot body. She toweled herself off and moved toward the dressingtable. As she bent over to open a drawer, her buttocks were of-fered to his intense view; so pink and round and tight. Suddenlyshe removed a tight kelley green pair of slacks and tossed themon the bed next to the dressing table.
Next she removed a white knit top and placed it next to theslacks. Peggy entered her undies drawer and withdrew a sexy pairof panties. As she reached down for the panties, Jim could seeher heavy breasts swing down and undulate as if they had a lifeof their own.
Peggy stepped into the panties and pulled them up over hertight buttocks. She quickly donned her slacks and pulled the topon without a bra. Admiring herself in the mirror, her hands wentto her breasts, and she felt the weight in her hands. Satisfiedthat her body would look its best in this outfit, she reached fora comb. She combed her hair and reached for her make-up case toplace the final touches on this portrait. Uncontrollably, seminalfluid began to seep out of Jim's straining cock. He began think-ing about old baseball games to keep himself from blowing his en-tire wad. Peggy left the room and quickly grabbed her coat andkeys. She was out of the door before Jim could follow her throughthe house.
Jim quickly got his essentials and began looking for hiskeys. He couldn't find his god-damned keys. His mind was reeling.Suddenly he remembered that he had left them in his overcoat,retrieved them and headed for the garage. He was shaking with an-ticipation as he grabbed his jacket and reached into the pocketfor his green ribbon. His wife was off to the grocery store andwould likely find more that ground chuck upon completion of hermission. He headed toward the grocery store with his cock stillheavy with anticipation.
Jim's heart jumped once again as he pulled into the parkinglot and saw Peggy's van parked there. Still shaking slightly, heexited the car and began his journey into the store. On his way,he recovered a shopping cart in the parking lot and pushed ittoward the automatic doors. He thought how humorous it must bethat some of the observers in the area were likely thinking thathe was doing his part to bring one of the carts back to thestore. Actually, he was trying to hide his substantial hard on.As he entered the store, his eyes began to search for Peggy. Hisgaze then went to the zipper of his jacket to assure himself thathis ribbon was in place. It was. Where would she go first? Hewould try the dairy isle. True to habit, Peggy was at the dairysection viewing the offerings. Jim just stood back and watched.She was a good shopper, moving through the isles quickly captur-ing all of those necessities that she was so used to buying.
It wasn't busy in the store. There were only several shop-pers there at the time. Many of them appeared to be single menstruggling through this chore. It didn't take Jim long to observethat Peggy had removed her coat and hung it over the back of thecart. Soon, it became apparent that the men in the store werewatching her fine ass as it passed. When she reached for an item,her breasts would often swing against the material of her top andthrill the onlookers. Jim's cock remained hard and ready. Hedecided that it was about time he allowed Peggy to notice him. Hetraveled the reverse way of the traffic pattern that Peggy hadestablished so he could face her in his travels. As he roundedthe soup section, there she was.
Peggy was being followed casually by two men, one behind theother. At this point they were merely pretending to shop. It wasobvious that they were benefiting from the view of her greatbody. This excited Jim even more. Soon Peggy's casual gaze metJim. She looked away and then her head snapped back to rivet onthe green ribbon of his jacket. She immediately began to blush.She quickly looked away and began sneaking peeks at this"stranger." As she turned the corner, Jim could see that she wastrying to see more of him.
Again they appeared in the same isle, the wine section,going in their respective directions. Peggy stopped to view theselection, Jim continued his slow walk toward her. Jim knew Peggywell enough to know that she would probably not make the firstmove. It was his responsibility. As he closed in, he stopped andasked her if she liked the brand of wine she held in her hand.She indicated that she liked to try different brands and types,and he indicated that he did also. As their conversationdeveloped, she became more talkative. They began to walk in thesame direction, talking about many of their interests. Her eyesperiodically moved to his bulge. Her nose became filled with hisscent. She was getting aroused just walking next to him.
They found that they had quite a bit in common, obviously,and Jim suggested that they meet for coffee some day. Peggy indi-cated that the idea sat well with her and assured him that shewould enjoy it. The next test was soon to come. Jim excused him-self and told her that he enjoyed talking with her. She offeredher phone number and bid Jim good bye. As she began walking away,Peggy's mind must have gone into high gear. The suggestion thatshe may never see this man again must have assaulted her aware-ness. She turned and Jim continued to walk.
She caught his attention and indicated to him that shedidn't even know his name. He told her that his name was Eddieand, she advised him that she was Peggy. She then suddenly askedhim it he had plans for the rest of the evening. He smiled andindicated that he did not. Peggy then told "Eddie" that she wasnot committed to anything either and thought that it would be ashame to have to drink her bottle of wine all by herself. Shecouldn't believe her own ears. Did that come out of her lips?"Eddie" smiled and told her that it was late and she probablyshould be escorted to her home anyway. "Let's get to check outand I'll follow you home," he offered. She agreed with a smileand a shake of her head and they approached the check outcounter. Having completed this task they headed toward theircars.
Jim actually felt as though Peggy was a stranger. She acteda little differently. She was infinitely more sexy, and she movedin such a way as to accentuate her lovely body. Jim continued toimagine Peggy being with a strange man, pressing her lips to him,touching his strange penis and offering him all of her charms.Naughtiness - that was it. It was naughty. Every conceivable sexact invaded his mind. He couldn't remember being this aroused.Soon they were at "Peggy's home." She pulled into the drive andexited the van with packages in tow. She fumbled with her keysand opened the door. Jim was directly behind her, watching herbuttocks move under the tight material. He felt it curious howher hands shook as she placed the key in the lock to allow thementrance.
Once inside, Peggy told "Eddie" to make himself comfortableand she would be right with him. "Eddie" went to the couch andcollapsed. He couldn't remember ever sitting on the couch. Hegenerally sat in an easy chair. He really felt as if he were insomeone else's house. He heard Peggy getting glasses and ice tochill the glasses. Soon she joined him in the living room,deposited the tray of wine and sat at the opposite end of thecouch. Jim got a smirk on his face, and Peggy understood. Shetold him that she had never invited anyone over before, and Jimoffered a fake frown. She then hastened to mention that she wasmarried and it would probably be poorly perceived that she didinvite him over.
"Eddie" told her that if she was uncomfortable, he wouldleave. She indicated that she was uncomfortable, but she did notwant him to leave. She found him so interesting that she wantedto know more about him. She wanted to know why he had acceptedher offer to come over when he didn't even know her. Jim pulledout all of the stops. "I find you to be one of the most excitingwomen I have ever met and was hoping that I could get to know youbetter. I can't very well get to know you if you are sitting atthe other end of the couch," he shared as he reached and put hishand on her arm. They slowly moved toward each other and theirlips met.
Her body felt new. After twenty years of marriage, he was onfire. He felt her body tremble as she pressed her breasts intohis chest. His hand cupped the back of her head and pulled hertoward him. Soon her tongue touched his lip and begged for admit-tance to his hot mouth. His tongue met hers and they seemed tomelt together. Jim placed his left hand under her sweater andfound a warm breast with its nipple plump and straining. He feltthe weight of her flesh. He gently pinched her nipple, and shesighed heavily as her tongue reached farther into his mouth. Hishand now reached down and slipped into her slacks and beneath herpanties to cup the swell of her buttocks. Dipping into the moistcanyon of her ass cheeks, he squeezed and felt her respond byplacing her hand on his now gigantic cock. Suddenly she stoppedher aggression and seemed to become concerned. Jim asked her ifthere was something wrong. "Eddie, I have to make something clearto you. I am married, and I love my husband very much. I havenever done anything like this before, and I'm concerned that it'swrong," she said.
"Do you think that Jim would be really upset with us?" heinquired.
"Actually, it would probably be quite the contrary. Jim hashinted many times throughout our marriage that the thought of memaking it with someone else would be a real turn on for him,"Peggy explained.
"Well, I promise not to take it too serious, if you don't.What do you say? You tell Jim what you want to. You know him wellenough to pick what to tell him and when," Jim urged. She smiledat him and placed his hand back on her soft, waiting breast.
After what seemed like only seconds, Jim reached under bothsides of Peggy's sweater and lifted it over her head. He saw thelovely breasts stretch upward as she raised her arms over herhead to accommodate his efforts. Her eyes were glued to his toobserve the appreciation on his face. His head immediatelydropped to her juicy nipple as his hand lifted her heavy tit tohis mouth. Again a moan escaped her lips, as her hand began work-ing on the zipper of his pants. Soon they were both naked.
Peggy's love tunnel was wet with her own juices. She knewthat she had never been this excited, as the cream began runningdown her legs and into the crack of her ass. In a quick motion,her head fell onto his thick bone and devoured it. Up and downshe went trying to stuff every morsel of his eight inch cock intoher throat. Her hands manipulated the hairy balls as if she weretrying to prepare his cum for its inevitable exit. He wanted toslide his tongue into her swollen cunt but didn't want her tostop what she was doing. He just laid back and enjoyed what washappening. Quickly, he felt the come boiling in his heavy balls.He was going to ejaculate. Without a word, he withdrew his veincovered meat from her lips. He rearranged her on the couch andthrew her legs back forcing his tongue into the deep, dark honeypot. She even tasted different. His lips began plucking at hernow hard clit, dipping his tongue deep into her hole from time totime.
Peggy soon let out what can only be described as a deepgrunt. Her hips began pounding against Jim's face as she held hishead in place. Her breasts were flopping wildly as she shame-lessly fucked his face with her dripping cunt. "Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhmy god - Oh - Oh - Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhh," she cried. It went on andon. She continued to convulse as his tongue milked the cream fromdeep in her hole. He had never seen Peggy come this hard or thislong. His face was becoming covered with her love juices anddetached pubic hair. Soon she lay there completely spent and al-most unconscious. Jim went to the rest room and acquired a towel.He wiped his face, sat in his easy chair and continued to strokehis huge erection.
Jim exited the chair and poured two glasses of wine. Hemoved to the couch and offered one to Peggy. She took it withwhat was clearly a weak hand. After a long sip on the cool wine,she offered a huge grin and told him that she hoped he didn'tthink that she was done. He returned the smile, took a sip of hisglass and returned to his chair, stroking his heavy penis. Peggyquickly recovered as the sexiest look came over her face. Shemoved over to the chair and placed herself between this man'slegs. She placed her lips over his flaccid penis, and he knew in-stantly that she still had wine in her mouth. The sensation wasgreat. He felt the cool wine encompass his cock. Soon the winewas gone and only her hot quick lips remained, sliding up anddown his shaft. He reached down and felt the weight of her heavytits, bouncing as her head pounded his penis. He looked down hersmooth back to the cleft between the cheeks of her tight ass.Surely, heaven was like this.
Jim had the greatest urge in the world to drive his thick,long cock into this woman. Suddenly he rose and began to pushPeggy over to the couch, spreading her legs as she fell backward."Wait, Eddie. Would you please fuck me like a dog. I would loveto feel your huge bone in my cunt as your thighs pound against myass," she begged. Jim backed off and allowed Peggy to get on herknees. He looked down and saw her buttocks displayed before him;her gaping cunt with soaked hair and dripping from excitement. Hetook his cock in his hand and began to stroke it once again, ashe aimed it toward her dark slit. Her breasts undulating with agentle bounce, she waited to be filled with this strange cock.
Jim's thick rod encountered no resistance as it parted thelips of her fragrant hole and slid deep into this cavern of love.Upon initial entry, Peggy once again began to convulse with spasmafter spasm of orgasm. Her box engulfed Jim's pounding cock andsqueezed it tight. He drove deeper and deeper into her belly."Fuck me, fuck me harder, fuck me deeper. Drive that bone into mycunt, mother fucker. Fill my guts with your cream. Fuck thatcunt, squeeze my ass; harder," she screamed.
He could take it no longer. Deep within his balls he couldfeel the cream exploding for release. Bang! It erupted. The firstconvulsion, he squirted a huge load of come into her cunt. Hethen pulled his jumping rod from her hole and shot several vol-leys of hot juice on her ass and back. She reached back andstarted to smear the thick sticky cream over her ass and back.She grabbed Jim's cock and continued to milk it as she cried withjoy.
They both collapsed on the couch into one another's arms andfell off to sleep. Jim was the first to awaken. He went to therest room, cleaned up and returned with a hot wash cloth and atowel for Peggy. As he nudged Peggy her eyes slowly opened. Assoon as she was aware, Jim snapped his fingers twice, and Peggy'seyes closed again. Jim told her that she would soon awaken, feel-ing wonderful and remembering everything as though it actuallyhappened. She would feel no guilt and would be proud that shefinally obtained the courage to make love with a stranger. Hefurther told her that she could feel free to tell him about herexperience in her own good time. Peggy was awoken, freshened up,went to bed and fell off into a wonderful natural sleep.
The next morning she was surprised to find Jim home, think-ing that he would be gone for another day. He told her that hehad finished his business early and had missed her. She im-mediately reached for his cock and placed it in her mouth. 'Letthe games begin,' he thought. He also let his mind wander aboutthe next experience he would treat her to. He was on fire again.
CHAPTER ELEVEN - MIND SEX
Jim could feel himself becoming more interested in whatwonders hypnosis had to offer he and Peggy and their sexualdesires. He decided to take Peggy to a new level of sexualheights. He had helped Peggy experience complete hallucination ofthe senses on two different occasions. The first was to find heron a secluded beach masturbating, and the second was a wonderfulmassage by a great looking stranger. Now what? She had stillnever had a stranger's cock in her body. Jim decided that wouldbe the next adventure. He would introduce Peggy to this ex-perience on Saturday night.
The week seemed to drag on. It seemed as though Saturdaywould never come. Each time Jim looked at Peggy he thought abouthow exciting it would be for Peggy to give her body to a strangeman; her lovely breasts, her round buttocks, her hot pussy.Strange hands on her skin; her lips on another man's penis; hishairy balls resting in her hands and on the soft cheeks of herass. He went wild with the thought of it. And then Saturday came.
They spent their evening in the same fashion as usual. Amovie, a pizza and a bottle of wine were their entertainment. Themovie was not bad, the pizza was different and the wine wasgreat. Jim did have a hard time keeping his mind on anythingother than sex. As they prepared to retire, Jim's apprehensionincreased. Peggy had no idea what was to take place. As Peggydressed in her night clothes to get into bed, again Jim's mindwandered to thoughts of another man gazing on her wonderful body.Jim snapped his fingers twice, his regular post hypnotic suggest-ion that would place Peggy into a deep trance state. He watchedher eyes close. A warm smile appeared on her lips, and she meltedinto a deep sleep.
Jim continued to bring Peggy deeper and deeper into hertrance. He suggested to her that upon reaching her deepest trancestate she would begin to feel very sexy. He continued along theselines for quite some time until he could perceive Peggy actuallybeginning to squirm. She was hot and wanted fucked. Jim told herthat he would soon wake her and when she awoke, she would findherself all alone and extremely horny. She would dress completelyin a tight fitting outfit, get in the car and go to the all-nightgrocery store.
When she reached the store, she would complete the shoppingthat she was going to do the next day. While at the grocerystore, she would meet a stranger with a green ribbon in the zip-per of his coat. As soon as she identified the green ribbon, theman wearing the ribbon would be the most exciting man she hadever seen. She would have trouble taking her eyes off of him.This would be the man she always wanted to make love to.
Jim went on to explain that she would be attracted to thisman so much, because she may never have the chance to see himagain. He further told her not to concern herself with Jim be-cause he would be out of town on business for two days. Before hewoke Peggy up he decided to give her one more post hypnotic sug-gestion. That suggestion took the form of the length of each ofher orgasms. He would pyramid them. He told her that the inten-sity of her climax would be double what she ever experiencedbefore.
After assuring her that she would remember nothing aboutbeing in a trance, Jim woke Peggy up. Now would follow the firsttest. Would she awaken, go about the business of getting readyfor the grocery store and not be able to see Jim. He waited witha great deal of interest as he watched Peggy get ready to go tothe store. He sat in a chair in the corner of the master bedroomsilently.
Peggy got up from the bed and went into the bathroom off thebedroom without acknowledging Jim's presence. He never took hiseyes off Peggy as she began to pin her hair up to take a shower.Her hair secure, she removed her night clothes, and Jim's bloodbegan to race. His thick penis began to grow as he viewed herlovely bouncing breasts and the cleave of her ass cheeks. Hersoft pubic hair was brought into view as she turned. She stoppedin front of the mirror and began to admire herself.
Her hands reached up and gently cupped her ample breasts.Peggy pointed the nipples at the mirror and a smile crept overher lips. As the thumb and forefinger of each hand pinched thegenerous pink nipples of each mound of flesh her eyes rolled upand closed. Maintaining her grasp on one of the nipples, she al-lowed her other hand to dip down to her bush. Jim had never seenPeggy alone and unaware of a spectator. He now understood what avoyeur must feel like. His hard rod stretched to its maximumlength.
Peggy began to furiously rub her clit and manipulate herbreasts. Jim heard a soft moan and Peggy turned from the mirrorto head for the shower. Jim's excitement continued as Peggy en-tered the hot stream of the shower and soaped every inch of herhot body. She toweled herself off and moved toward the dressingtable. As she bent over to open a drawer, her buttocks were of-fered to his intense view; so pink and round and tight. Suddenlyshe removed a tight kelley green pair of slacks and tossed themon the bed next to the dressing table.
Next she removed a white knit top and placed it next to theslacks. Peggy entered her undies drawer and withdrew a sexy pairof panties. As she reached down for the panties, Jim could seeher heavy breasts swing down and undulate as if they had a lifeof their own.
Peggy stepped into the panties and pulled them up over hertight buttocks. She quickly donned her slacks and pulled the topon without a bra. Admiring herself in the mirror, her hands wentto her breasts, and she felt the weight in her hands. Satisfiedthat her body would look its best in this outfit, she reached fora comb. She combed her hair and reached for her make-up case toplace the final touches on this portrait. Uncontrollably, seminalfluid began to seep out of Jim's straining cock. He began think-ing about old baseball games to keep himself from blowing his en-tire wad. Peggy left the room and quickly grabbed her coat andkeys. She was out of the door before Jim could follow her throughthe house.
Jim quickly got his essentials and began looking for hiskeys. He couldn't find his god-damned keys. His mind was reeling.Suddenly he remembered that he had left them in his overcoat,retrieved them and headed for the garage. He was shaking with an-ticipation as he grabbed his jacket and reached into the pocketfor his green ribbon. His wife was off to the grocery store andwould likely find more that ground chuck upon completion of hermission. He headed toward the grocery store with his cock stillheavy with anticipation.
Jim's heart jumped once again as he pulled into the parkinglot and saw Peggy's van parked there. Still shaking slightly, heexited the car and began his journey into the store. On his way,he recovered a shopping cart in the parking lot and pushed ittoward the automatic doors. He thought how humorous it must bethat some of the observers in the area were likely thinking thathe was doing his part to bring one of the carts back to thestore. Actually, he was trying to hide his substantial hard on.As he entered the store, his eyes began to search for Peggy. Hisgaze then went to the zipper of his jacket to assure himself thathis ribbon was in place. It was. Where would she go first? Hewould try the dairy isle. True to habit, Peggy was at the dairysection viewing the offerings. Jim just stood back and watched.She was a good shopper, moving through the isles quickly captur-ing all of those necessities that she was so used to buying.
It wasn't busy in the store. There were only several shop-pers there at the time. Many of them appeared to be single menstruggling through this chore. It didn't take Jim long to observethat Peggy had removed her coat and hung it over the back of thecart. Soon, it became apparent that the men in the store werewatching her fine ass as it passed. When she reached for an item,her breasts would often swing against the material of her top andthrill the onlookers. Jim's cock remained hard and ready. Hedecided that it was about time he allowed Peggy to notice him. Hetraveled the reverse way of the traffic pattern that Peggy hadestablished so he could face her in his travels. As he roundedthe soup section, there she was.
Peggy was being followed casually by two men, one behind theother. At this point they were merely pretending to shop. It wasobvious that they were benefiting from the view of her greatbody. This excited Jim even more. Soon Peggy's casual gaze metJim. She looked away and then her head snapped back to rivet onthe green ribbon of his jacket. She immediately began to blush.She quickly looked away and began sneaking peeks at this"stranger." As she turned the corner, Jim could see that she wastrying to see more of him.
Again they appeared in the same isle, the wine section,going in their respective directions. Peggy stopped to view theselection, Jim continued his slow walk toward her. Jim knew Peggywell enough to know that she would probably not make the firstmove. It was his responsibility. As he closed in, he stopped andasked her if she liked the brand of wine she held in her hand.She indicated that she liked to try different brands and types,and he indicated that he did also. As their conversationdeveloped, she became more talkative. They began to walk in thesame direction, talking about many of their interests. Her eyesperiodically moved to his bulge. Her nose became filled with hisscent. She was getting aroused just walking next to him.
They found that they had quite a bit in common, obviously,and Jim suggested that they meet for coffee some day. Peggy indi-cated that the idea sat well with her and assured him that shewould enjoy it. The next test was soon to come. Jim excused him-self and told her that he enjoyed talking with her. She offeredher phone number and bid Jim good bye. As she began walking away,Peggy's mind must have gone into high gear. The suggestion thatshe may never see this man again must have assaulted her aware-ness. She turned and Jim continued to walk.
She caught his attention and indicated to him that shedidn't even know his name. He told her that his name was Eddieand, she advised him that she was Peggy. She then suddenly askedhim it he had plans for the rest of the evening. He smiled andindicated that he did not. Peggy then told "Eddie" that she wasnot committed to anything either and thought that it would be ashame to have to drink her bottle of wine all by herself. Shecouldn't believe her own ears. Did that come out of her lips?"Eddie" smiled and told her that it was late and she probablyshould be escorted to her home anyway. "Let's get to check outand I'll follow you home," he offered. She agreed with a smileand a shake of her head and they approached the check outcounter. Having completed this task they headed toward theircars.
Jim actually felt as though Peggy was a stranger. She acteda little differently. She was infinitely more sexy, and she movedin such a way as to accentuate her lovely body. Jim continued toimagine Peggy being with a strange man, pressing her lips to him,touching his strange penis and offering him all of her charms.Naughtiness - that was it. It was naughty. Every conceivable sexact invaded his mind. He couldn't remember being this aroused.Soon they were at "Peggy's home." She pulled into the drive andexited the van with packages in tow. She fumbled with her keysand opened the door. Jim was directly behind her, watching herbuttocks move under the tight material. He felt it curious howher hands shook as she placed the key in the lock to allow thementrance.
Once inside, Peggy told "Eddie" to make himself comfortableand she would be right with him. "Eddie" went to the couch andcollapsed. He couldn't remember ever sitting on the couch. Hegenerally sat in an easy chair. He really felt as if he were insomeone else's house. He heard Peggy getting glasses and ice tochill the glasses. Soon she joined him in the living room,deposited the tray of wine and sat at the opposite end of thecouch. Jim got a smirk on his face, and Peggy understood. Shetold him that she had never invited anyone over before, and Jimoffered a fake frown. She then hastened to mention that she wasmarried and it would probably be poorly perceived that she didinvite him over.
"Eddie" told her that if she was uncomfortable, he wouldleave. She indicated that she was uncomfortable, but she did notwant him to leave. She found him so interesting that she wantedto know more about him. She wanted to know why he had acceptedher offer to come over when he didn't even know her. Jim pulledout all of the stops. "I find you to be one of the most excitingwomen I have ever met and was hoping that I could get to know youbetter. I can't very well get to know you if you are sitting atthe other end of the couch," he shared as he reached and put hishand on her arm. They slowly moved toward each other and theirlips met.
Her body felt new. After twenty years of marriage, he was onfire. He felt her body tremble as she pressed her breasts intohis chest. His hand cupped the back of her head and pulled hertoward him. Soon her tongue touched his lip and begged for admit-tance to his hot mouth. His tongue met hers and they seemed tomelt together. Jim placed his left hand under her sweater andfound a warm breast with its nipple plump and straining. He feltthe weight of her flesh. He gently pinched her nipple, and shesighed heavily as her tongue reached farther into his mouth. Hishand now reached down and slipped into her slacks and beneath herpanties to cup the swell of her buttocks. Dipping into the moistcanyon of her ass cheeks, he squeezed and felt her respond byplacing her hand on his now gigantic cock. Suddenly she stoppedher aggression and seemed to become concerned. Jim asked her ifthere was something wrong. "Eddie, I have to make something clearto you. I am married, and I love my husband very much. I havenever done anything like this before, and I'm concerned that it'swrong," she said.
"Do you think that Jim would be really upset with us?" heinquired.
"Actually, it would probably be quite the contrary. Jim hashinted many times throughout our marriage that the thought of memaking it with someone else would be a real turn on for him,"Peggy explained.
"Well, I promise not to take it too serious, if you don't.What do you say? You tell Jim what you want to. You know him wellenough to pick what to tell him and when," Jim urged. She smiledat him and placed his hand back on her soft, waiting breast.
After what seemed like only seconds, Jim reached under bothsides of Peggy's sweater and lifted it over her head. He saw thelovely breasts stretch upward as she raised her arms over herhead to accommodate his efforts. Her eyes were glued to his toobserve the appreciation on his face. His head immediatelydropped to her juicy nipple as his hand lifted her heavy tit tohis mouth. Again a moan escaped her lips, as her hand began work-ing on the zipper of his pants. Soon they were both naked.
Peggy's love tunnel was wet with her own juices. She knewthat she had never been this excited, as the cream began runningdown her legs and into the crack of her ass. In a quick motion,her head fell onto his thick bone and devoured it. Up and downshe went trying to stuff every morsel of his eight inch cock intoher throat. Her hands manipulated the hairy balls as if she weretrying to prepare his cum for its inevitable exit. He wanted toslide his tongue into her swollen cunt but didn't want her tostop what she was doing. He just laid back and enjoyed what washappening. Quickly, he felt the come boiling in his heavy balls.He was going to ejaculate. Without a word, he withdrew his veincovered meat from her lips. He rearranged her on the couch andthrew her legs back forcing his tongue into the deep, dark honeypot. She even tasted different. His lips began plucking at hernow hard clit, dipping his tongue deep into her hole from time totime.
Peggy soon let out what can only be described as a deepgrunt. Her hips began pounding against Jim's face as she held hishead in place. Her breasts were flopping wildly as she shame-lessly fucked his face with her dripping cunt. "Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhhhmy god - Oh - Oh - Ohhhhhhhhhhhhhh," she cried. It went on andon. She continued to convulse as his tongue milked the cream fromdeep in her hole. He had never seen Peggy come this hard or thislong. His face was becoming covered with her love juices anddetached pubic hair. Soon she lay there completely spent and al-most unconscious. Jim went to the rest room and acquired a towel.He wiped his face, sat in his easy chair and continued to strokehis huge erection.
Jim exited the chair and poured two glasses of wine. Hemoved to the couch and offered one to Peggy. She took it withwhat was clearly a weak hand. After a long sip on the cool wine,she offered a huge grin and told him that she hoped he didn'tthink that she was done. He returned the smile, took a sip of hisglass and returned to his chair, stroking his heavy penis. Peggyquickly recovered as the sexiest look came over her face. Shemoved over to the chair and placed herself between this man'slegs. She placed her lips over his flaccid penis, and he knew in-stantly that she still had wine in her mouth. The sensation wasgreat. He felt the cool wine encompass his cock. Soon the winewas gone and only her hot quick lips remained, sliding up anddown his shaft. He reached down and felt the weight of her heavytits, bouncing as her head pounded his penis. He looked down hersmooth back to the cleft between the cheeks of her tight ass.Surely, heaven was like this.
Jim had the greatest urge in the world to drive his thick,long cock into this woman. Suddenly he rose and began to pushPeggy over to the couch, spreading her legs as she fell backward."Wait, Eddie. Would you please fuck me like a dog. I would loveto feel your huge bone in my cunt as your thighs pound against myass," she begged. Jim backed off and allowed Peggy to get on herknees. He looked down and saw her buttocks displayed before him;her gaping cunt with soaked hair and dripping from excitement. Hetook his cock in his hand and began to stroke it once again, ashe aimed it toward her dark slit. Her breasts undulating with agentle bounce, she waited to be filled with this strange cock.
Jim's thick rod encountered no resistance as it parted thelips of her fragrant hole and slid deep into this cavern of love.Upon initial entry, Peggy once again began to convulse with spasmafter spasm of orgasm. Her box engulfed Jim's pounding cock andsqueezed it tight. He drove deeper and deeper into her belly."Fuck me, fuck me harder, fuck me deeper. Drive that bone into mycunt, mother fucker. Fill my guts with your cream. Fuck thatcunt, squeeze my ass; harder," she screamed.
He could take it no longer. Deep within his balls he couldfeel the cream exploding for release. Bang! It erupted. The firstconvulsion, he squirted a huge load of come into her cunt. Hethen pulled his jumping rod from her hole and shot several vol-leys of hot juice on her ass and back. She reached back andstarted to smear the thick sticky cream over her ass and back.She grabbed Jim's cock and continued to milk it as she cried withjoy.
They both collapsed on the couch into one another's arms andfell off to sleep. Jim was the first to awaken. He went to therest room, cleaned up and returned with a hot wash cloth and atowel for Peggy. As he nudged Peggy her eyes slowly opened. Assoon as she was aware, Jim snapped his fingers twice, and Peggy'seyes closed again. Jim told her that she would soon awaken, feel-ing wonderful and remembering everything as though it actuallyhappened. She would feel no guilt and would be proud that shefinally obtained the courage to make love with a stranger. Hefurther told her that she could feel free to tell him about herexperience in her own good time. Peggy was awoken, freshened up,went to bed and fell off into a wonderful natural sleep.
The next morning she was surprised to find Jim home, think-ing that he would be gone for another day. He told her that hehad finished his business early and had missed her. She im-mediately reached for his cock and placed it in her mouth. 'Letthe games begin,' he thought. He also let his mind wander aboutthe next experience he would treat her to. He was on fire again.
CHAPTER TWELVE - MIND SEX
Jim sat in the office as his mind began to settle down fromthe day's activity. His pushed back from the desk, leaned back inhis chair, placed his hands behind his head and began to thinkabout the last hypnosex experience with Peggy, his wife. As histhoughts began to touch those moments when his wife was makinglove with another man, his cock started to grow. With eyes closedhis mind began painting pictures of Peggy parting her soakedpussy so that "Eddie" could bury his straining cock. He was con-vinced that it was time for another experiment. He would preparefor another mind altering experience.
The ride home was a blur. His mind focused on the eventsthat he would create for his wife's enjoyment. Up until thispoint she had never shared with Jim that she had experienced"another man." He pulled into the drive and pushed the button toopen the garage. Peggy was in the kitchen as he entered. Shesmiled, welcomed him home and offered her lovely lips to him.Peggy continued her efforts to complete dinner as Jim went intothe bedroom to change for dinner. As he undressed, he was happyto see that the thoughts he was having on the way home nicely af-fected the heaviness and length of his penis. He pulled it outand began stroking it. He could feel his nipples tingling at thethought of a new experience for Peggy. Jim dressed and made hisway out of the bedroom.
Jim entered the dining room and walked up behind Peggy plac-ing his extended rod against the crack of her ass. He reached upunder her sweat shirt and cupped her bra-less breasts. Hernipples stabbed his respective palms, and his cock jumped. Shepushed back slightly and indicated that she expected some of"that" later and giggled. He assured her that she would bepleasantly surprised. "What does that mean?" she inquired.
"You'll see sweetheart. I want to see the look on your facewhen you get it, so I won't spoil it now," he added. Jim wastrying to feel Peggy out about the last experience she had, todetermine whether he was moving too fast and whether it turnedher on as much as it did him.
"Tell me honey; with the exception of Marty, your brother'sfriend, have you ever entertained any thoughts about making itwith another man?" Jim inquired after they had finished most oftheir meal.
"You really do want me to fuck someone else, don't you? Youknow Jim, I don't really know how to take you sometimes. I getconcerned that if I do experience another man you will find thatyou don't really want that. I also get concerned that you willthink I am a slut", Peggy responded.
"I told you before honey, that I would get a little jealous,but it would be a great turn on for me. I know you love me, and apiece of ass wouldn't change that. I have more faith in ourrelationship after twenty years of marriage to think that I wouldcare less for you. It's actually my request. Why would I getangry with you. Like I told you before; if you ever want to orget the chance to have a strange cock in you, I would love it",Jim assured her.
"OK, I'll take a chance. I did get fucked Jim. It was great,and I wanted to tell you about it, but I was afraid to, because Ididn't want to upset you", she began to ramble. She got up fromthe table and turned away from Jim as she finished her sentence.Jim could feel the blood begin to flow in his loins, but he was alittle concerned about Peggy.
"Oh honey, you don't have to worry about that. You've saidit. I know it now, and I'm happy for you," Jim said as he ap-proached her from behind. He grabbed her arms and slowly turnedher to face him. Jim looked into her eyes, smiled and kissed her.
"Are you sure that you're not mad?" she asked. She was trem-bling slightly as she nestled into his strong arms.
"No honey, I promise that not only am I not angry, I am veryturned on by it. Would you feel comfortable telling me about it?"he asked.
"Give me a minute while I think of where to begin. I'll puton some coffee," She said. Jim watched her move about the diningroom. His blood was beginning to boil as he saw her buttocks moveunder her tight sweat pants and her breasts sway under her shirt.He began to remember how Peggy reacted to what she thought was astranger. He recalled how powerful her orgasms were. He could see"Eddie's" hands on her breasts, his lips on her nipples and histhick cock ramming her hole.
Peggy put a cup of coffee in front of Jim and began speakingquietly, "I really don't know what got into me. It was so out ofcharacter. I went to the store to pick up a few things while youwere out of town. I entered the store and really became consciousof several men in the place. It seemed like they were all lookingat me. I started feeling really sexy. After a short time, I raninto one man that really seemed to turn me on. I don't know whatit was about him. I just began thinking about how it would be totouch him, have him touch me and I wanted to see his body. I'mnever like that. We talked and he really seemed to be too good tobe true. He was intelligent, witty and not pushy. I almost lethim walk out of the store, and then something came over me. Idecided that if I could get this guy to come home with me Iwould. I kept hearing your voice in the back of my head tellingme that you wouldn't mind, and it would turn you on. I wasshocked when he agreed to come over for some wine. You look likeyou really enjoy hearing this."
Jim stood up, unzipped his trousers and displayed his im-mense cock. She had never seen it this big. It's head was swollenand shiny. It looked like a huge tower. Jim said, "this shouldtell you how I feel about it." She went on to explain, in detail,what occurred as Jim stroked his cock. Peggy became so hornytelling Jim about it, that she put her hand between her legs,pressed against her clit and swayed back and forth as shefinished the story. Jim reminded her that he thought it was won-derful that she was able to have this new experience and en-couraged her to feel free to express herself in the future. Bothrose and moved toward one another in the dining room. They fellinto each others arms and joined in a deep kiss. Jim's hands wereall over Peggy. She began pumping against his leg as he continuedto whisper sexy things in her ear about the man she had made lovewith. They decided that they would go into bed.
As they reached the bed, Peggy crawled up pulling Jim afterher. As her head hit the pillow, Jim snapped his fingers twice.Peggy's smile began to fade and her eyes closed, as she seemed tomelt into the bed. She became completely relaxed and fell into adeep sleep. Jim did what he could to make her more comfortable.He adjusted the pillow, straightened her legs and told her thatshe would fall deeper asleep than she ever had. She was againready to accept any suggestions that Jim would offer.
"When you awaken, I will be out of town again. You willbegin to feel very sexy and horny. You will masturbate and enjoya beautiful climax, but it won't seem to be enough. You will wantto fill your love hole with a thick, long, glistening penis. Allyou will be able to think of is this long cock. You can almosttaste it now. You will want to hold someone's heavy, hairy ballsin your hand. You will feel your swollen nipples tingle in an-ticipation. Your breasts and buttocks will long to be held. Youare beginning to feel the need increase now.
After you masturbate, you will dress in a sexy outfit and goout to a single's bar to see if there is anyone there who inter-ests you. When you enter, I will be there but you will not beable to see me. You will not notice me in any way. You will thensit at the bar by yourself and order a glass of wine. Several menmay come up to you, but you will all but ignore them. If they askyou any questions, you will coldly tell them that you are waitingfor a friend. If a man comes up to you and you hear the words'Green Ribbon,' you will become interested in this man. He willbe very similar in appearance to the man that you met in thegrocery store. You will not want this man to get away. You willwant to get to know him better. If you hear the word'Catastrophe," you will explain to the stranger that although youthink he is nice, you are a married woman and must get home. Ifyou are comfortable with this man, you will feel free to invitehim to your house for drinks. If everything feels right and youdecide to make love, you will do so in the bedroom." Jim was surethat in this fashion, he could protect her from unwholesometypes, someone who would turn sour during their conversation anddirect her in terms of who she would be leaving with. The entiretime that Peggy spent in the trance state, Jim's cock was hardand anxious to spill. He controlled it, because he wanted toremain hot to see what the rest of the evening held. He toldPeggy to remain in the trance state until he woke her.
Jim went to the basement and disconnected the cable from thecable service and reconnected it to a VCR in the recreation room.He then connected the wire from the TV to a video camera that saton top of a high dresser. After a little adjusting of the camera,her returned to the basement to see that he would have a ring-side seat for anything that would occur in the bedroom. Jimreturned to the bedroom to awaken Peggy. She slowly became con-scious. Jim sat in the chair in the corner of the room andwatched.
Peggy began to squirm on the bed. Her hands went under hershirt and grabbed her bra-less breasts. She began to shake themand pinch at the nipples. Soon she removed it utterly and con-tinued to deeply massage her breasts. This was something that Jimrarely saw. She slipped her hand into her pants as her head bentback into the pillow. Shortly, in one motion, Peggy slipped herthumbs into the waistband of her sweats and slid them and herpanties down her hips and off. Her hand went immediately to herslit and began rubbing her clit furiously. Breasts bouncing andhand gyrating in her quim, Peggy convulsed into marvelous orgasm.Her eyes squeezed tightly shut, and her mouth opened, gasping forair.
Jim was forced to spill his cream as he watched Peggy mas-turbate. He continued to stroke his weapon as he watched Peggyget up from the bed and move toward the shower. He could neverget enough of the sight of her lovely buttocks as they rolledwith each step. Jim wished that the whole world could see and ap-preciate this beautiful view. Peggy pinned up her long brown hairand stepped into the shower.
Good use of the time was made by Jim as he waited for Peggyto dress. He prepared himself in the main bath room and doublechecked the video equipment. He could feel himself begin toshiver as he saw Peggy walk across the bed room while shedressed. Preparations having been made, Jim went out to his car,pulled it down the street and waited for Peggy to exit the house.He didn't have to wait long, as soon he saw Peggy's car pullingout of the driveway and heading down the street. He was directlybehind her. She drove down the major highway for about four milesand turned into a local single's lounge. He crawled slowly intothe lot and turned out his lights. Jim watched her confidentlywalk from the car to the lounge. He had never remembered herholding her head so self-confidently.
As she disappeared inside the lounge, Jim exited his car andfollowed her. When he entered, he saw her sitting at the bar. Shelooked great and already Jim observed a few of the men lookingher over. He took a position about three stools away from hersand ordered a drink. There was no one in the bar that he recog-nized. He had a little concern about that previous to enteringthe place as he lived so closely. Soon one of the patrons saun-tered over to her and asked her something. Jim couldn't quitehear what it was. She turned to him and said something, and hereturned to his seat. This happened on two other occasions withthe same result. Suddenly, a rather tall, nice looking man in hismid-thirties walked into the lounge and his eyes traveled overthe bar. When he saw Peggy, his eyes seemed to light up. He beganwalking in the direction of her bar stool. He sat directly nextto Peggy but said nothing. Jim did feel comfortable with thisman. He felt confident that Peggy would enjoy him.
"Green ribbon," issued from Jim's lips. Peggy seemed torelax when she heard these words and crossed her shapely legs.Soon the man next to her said something to her, and Jim observedher turn toward the man and acknowledge him followed by a bit ofa chuckle. Jim began to get excited. It wasn't long before henoticed the man getting up to pull Peggy's chair out. They walkedtogether toward the dance floor and glided into each other'sarms. It was a slow dance and Peggy's body was pressed againstthis stranger. Jim's excitement continued to grow as he saw theman's hand periodically dip down and touch Peggy's buttocks. Hewondered what must have been going through the stranger's mind asPeggy's lovely tits were pressed against his chest. They dancedcloser and closer as the minutes went by. Finally, they returnedto the bar and ordered another drink. Jim followed their lead andordered another.
Jim watched them dance two times more and felt that thiswould be a hot experience for all three of them. He wondered whatthey must be talking about. Once again the stranger and Peggybegan to get up. This time it was not to dance but rather toleave. The stranger held Peggy's coat while she slipped into it,and Jim watched as the stranger's hands lingered on the lapels asthey covered Peggy's ample breasts. Out the door they went fol-lowed by Jim. Jim got to his car first, as his was closer to thedoor. He was torn between sitting to see if they would neck inthe car or rushing home to prepare himself for the show he hopedto have. He elected the latter and sped out of the parking lottoward home.
As soon as Jim reached home, he parked the car and slippedinto the house. Down the stairs he went and locked the door tothe recreation room. He turned on the VCR and the monitor andagain began to shake with anticipation. The moments seemed to behours. He sat with frustration creeping into his bones when sud-denly he heard a car in the drive. Peggy and the stranger wastedno time in getting into the house. Jim could faintly hear thesounds of glasses and a wine cork being extracted with a pop. Hesat and watched with anticipation. Nothing appeared on themonitor. He wished that he had the foresight to set one up in theliving room.
When Jim was just about to think that nothing would happen,he saw Peggy enter the bedroom. She walked over to the clothestree and immediately removed her outfit. Jim's heart jumped as hesaw her shed her bra and panties. She reached into a drawer ofthe dresser and removed a little lavender teddy with matchingpanties. His cock jumped to attention as he watched her pull thepanties up over the balls of her buttocks and slide the teddyover her head. She smoothed her hair, ran a comb through it andadmired herself in the mirror. This also excited Jim. She wasprimping. He had never really seen this side of her. He felt likea voyeur, and he loved it. Soon Peggy exited the room.
Jim sat impatiently waiting for Peggy and the stranger toreturn to the bedroom. It wasn't long. Now he could hear them.The stranger's name was Jeff, and he followed Peggy over to thearea of the bed. Jim switched on the VCR. Their hands were allover one another. Peggy's hands dropped to Jeff's trousers andbegan working on the zipper. Suddenly, she dropped to her knees,and Jim could see her free Jeff's huge cock. Immediately, sheopened her mouth and engulfed his straining penis. Jim almostcame in his pants. He took his own cock out and began to strokeit in long slow movements. He could see his wife's lips coverthis huge cock. Jim wondered if this is how it looked when shesucked his manhood. Peggy helped Jeff as he shed the rest of hisclothes. Jeff's cock jumped up and down as he moved over the achair to set his clothes down. Jim could see Jeff's heavy ballsbouncing with his large penis stretching heavenward. Peggy'shands returned to his balls and her mouth to the head of hiscock.
Peggy pulled Jeff over to the bed and they collapsed in oneanother's arms. Only moments went by and Peggy's teddy andpanties were tossed to the floor. Her hands clawed Jeff's tightbuttocks and continued to return to his thick member. Jim wentwild as he watched Jeff cup the cheeks of Peggy's tight asscheeks and squeeze them. Jeff's hand dipped into the warm moistcleft between Peggy's buttocks and down to her hot hole. Thestranger's head searched for and found her beautiful nipples andbegan to suck hard. Jim could hear Peggy say, "fuck me, I needfucked, I need fucked now Jeff. Put your big cock in my slipperypussy and fuck my brains out. Yes that's it, bite my nipples asyou drive that big bone in my hot cunt hole." Jim was going wild.He couldn't take it. His cock began to erupt in huge gobs of jisminto the palm of his hand. He continued to stoke his cock as herheard the lovely horny screams of Peggy and Jeff's deep grunts asthey collapsed together on the bed. What a great climax! The nextwas sure to be better.
The next thing that Jim wanted to orchestrate was being inthe room and participating in Peggy's next adventure. But surelythat should be a story in itself.
CHAPTER THIRTEEN - MIND SEX
It was a quiet evening in the den as Jim heard the clockstrike seven. Has hands moved effortlessly over the keyboard ofthe computer, writing a letter to a computer friend in Baltimore.The letter had served the purpose of turning him on as he sharedsome rather sensual thoughts. Peggy was washing her hair, andmusic was playing softly on the compact disc player.
Having finished his thoughts, his mind turned to the sightof Jeff's long wet shaft driving in Peggy's dripping love tunnel.That had to be one of the hottest times he had ever experienced.It was the first time that Peggy had ever had a strange cock in-side her body. Jim closed his eyes and remembered the sight ofJeff's hands on her well rounded buttocks. He could see his lipson Peggy's nipples; his teeth slightly and tenderly biting therock-hard pink tips. Jeff's huge hairy balls resting in Peggy'shands. Her perfectly shaped lips spreading to admit the bulboushead of Jeff's straining cock. The thought that drove him thewildest was when Peggy was on her hands and knees. Jeff came upbehind her with cock in hand and slipped it into Peggy's drippingcunt. Her lovely breasts were dangling and swaying. Jeff reachedaround and filled his hands with tit flesh as he drove his thickrod deep inside Peggy's hole. Jim almost had a climax just think-ing about it. He had to create yet another memory and wasn'tquite sure how he would do it.
He had a good friend that always teased Peggy about howlovely her body was. Tony often followed Peggy through the housewith his eyes when he came over. Peggy seemed to enjoy Tony'seyes on her body. A few times when they were in close proximity,Jim had noticed that Tony had "accidentally" touched Peggy. Onetime, when Tony was helping her lift a chair to move it, Jim wassure he noticed Tony's hands brush up against Peggy's amplebreasts and linger a little longer than was necessary. Yetanother time, when they had gone fishing together, Tony came upbehind Peggy and seemed to press himself into her fanny todemonstrate how to cast the line. Peggy didn't seem to pull awayand it was obvious that Tony wanted his cock in her. From time totime their eyes would seemed locked in silent desire. Jim hadeven kidded Peggy about how Tony would die to have his hands onher naked flesh. It was apparent that Peggy had become excited atthe prospect.
He was somewhat concerned what Tony, or for that matter,Peggy would think if he simply suggested that Tony fuck her. No.That just wouldn't do. He had to find another way. He wanted Tonyto have the benefit of Peggy's lovely body, but he didn't wantTony to know just yet. He and Tony had previously cavortedtogether. They had previously enjoyed the same woman or womentogether. How would it be if he told Tony that he found thisgreat woman, she was a real fox and she fucked like a mink. WouldTony be interested in meeting her with Jim at a motel. It mightwork.
Jim would have to shroud the evening in mystery. The lightswould be subdued. Peggy could even wear some kind of a fancymask. If she wore her hair differently than she usually did, Tonywould never suspect until it was too late that their lovely sexkitten was Peggy. The decision was made. Jim was convinced thatshe was ready. He would hypnotize Peggy and give her a post hyp-notic suggestion that she was the most lovely sex slave in theworld. She would assume the role of a high priced call girl. Hewould send her to the motel to check in and prepare for her twolovers. He and Tony would arrive and suck and fuck to theirhearts content.
Now the task was to prepare Tony. They sat at the downtowncafe that they usually frequented after work. Here they often metwith and got to know several women. Jim asked Tony if he hadrecently got any new pussy. Tony indicated that it had been acouple of months, and he was ready to fuck a snake if Jim wouldhold it down. "Listen Tony, what would you say if I told you thatI ran into this great lady. She is about 5'3", 115 pounds, lightbrown hair, lovely heavy titties, beautiful pink nipples, has acute little waist, with an absolutely wonderful ass and a greatset of legs. Not only that, but she wants to fuck both of us.
"Get out of here. Where? Who do I have to kill?" Tonyhumorously inquired. Jim could see the interest in his sex-crazedbuddy. Tony was a nice looking guy, and the thought of him enjoy-ing Peggy's goodies was beginning to drive him nuts.
"I'm serious. I talked with this lady, she is about fortyyears old, and she said that she would love to take us both on.Does forty years old bother you," Jim asked.
"Hell no. Many ladies don't even get good until they'reabout thirty or so. They have more experience for the most part.The best piece of ass I ever had was thirty-eight. I'm game. Whendo we meet this princess?" Tony panted.
Jim informed Tony that he had tentatively set them up forFriday night at about eight o'clock. He further added that shewould meet them at a motel. They were supposed to bring a bottleof wine and their cocks. Jim when on to say that she was a littleshy and got a kick out of wearing masks and sexy clothes. Tony'seyes were bulging as he listened with lust. The trap wasset.Thursday evening, as Jim was preparing for bed, he decided toput Peggy into a trance and give her the necessary post-hypnoticsuggestions. As always, he snapped his fingers twice, and Peggyrelaxed into a deep hypnotic sleep. He brought her deeper anddeeper into her trance. He asked her several questions about pre-vious orchestrated fantasies as his eight inch cock began togrow. He loved hearing from her lips how she had enjoyed the at-tentions of other lovers. He could see her breasts swell as sherelated her deepest feelings. The soft lips of her vagina filledwith lust blood at the thought of her sexual escapades. He couldsee her beginning to rub her legs together as her excitementgrew. Jim asked her if she would like to make love with two men.Peggy responded by telling Jim how it would really excite her tohave his cock in her mouth as a stranger filled her pussy withhis long pole.
Jim directed Peggy to clear her mind of all thoughts. Hethen advised her that on the following night at six o'clock shewould become tired, go into the bed room and lay down on the bed.She would begin thinking of her previous adventures, become ex-tremely aroused. She would close her eyes and again fall into adeep trance. She would sleep for about five minutes. When sheawoke, she would walk over to the mirror and when she looked intothe mirror, she would see the most attractive call girl in theworld. Her only desire was to service her customers to the bestof her ability. She would get cleaned up, go to the motel, obtaina room and await her customers. He further indicated that shewould bring some very sexy clothes and a facial mask with her.She would wear the clothes and the mask. While she would feelfree to remove the clothes at any time she chose, she would feelcompelled to keep the mask on until she heard her name, Peggy.
When she heard her name, she would remove the mask and real-ize that her customers were Jim and Tony. She would not feel un-comfortable about this. She would remember everything and enjoyeach experience of the night. She was asked if she understoodeverything and was directed to repeat it. This she did withouthesitation. The stage was set. Jim woke Peggy up and found thatshe was extremely aroused. They enjoyed one another as they oftendid after such sessions.
Friday morning found Jim with a huge erection. This was notuncommon, but he was unusually large this morning. His anticipa-tion kept him hard most of the day. Tony called at about twoo'clock in the afternoon to verify the night's arrangements. Jimassured him that everything was on for the Holiday Inn at eighto'clock. Tony indicated that he would meet Jim at the cafe atsix.
Jim didn't go home from work, but went directed to the cafeat about 5:30. He engaged in some small talk with some of theregulars, and Tony came bouncing in at about 5:45 rubbing hishands together. "Where is Peggy tonight?" Tony asked.
"Who knows. Maybe she's out finding her own piece of tail."Jim said with tongue in cheek. He could only imagine the look onTony's face when he found out.
"Yea, sure Jim. You'd just shit if Peggy fucked around onyou. Although, I have to admit, with a woman like that around thehouse, I don't have the foggiest notion of why you would everstick your dick in anyone else," Tony commented.
"I guess people are something like taste in candy bars Tony.Sometimes we feel like having a Milky Way, and every now and thenyou want some other kind. If all you ever ate was Milky Way, youwould get tired of them. Have some other kind and the Milky Wayis even better the next time. Your wife is a knock out, and youare going to suck and fuck someone else. Why is that?" Jim in-quired.
"I see what you mean. I never quite looked at it that waybefore. The way you described this woman has really got me inter-ested. What else can you tell me about her?" Tony quizzed.
"I told you quite a bit. She is about forty years old, greatbody, sexy way about her, gives great head and really enjoys com-ing. You will love it when you shoot your wad in this angel. Shewill scream and cum in gushes," Jim assured him.
"Phone call, Jim," the bar maid announced. Dax picked up thephone and spoke briefly. Tony thought that it had to be theirprincess calling with the room number.
They finished a few more drinks and ordered a couple ofbottles of wine to go. Tony was visibly ready to fuck. He satthere anxiously looking at his watch. It was time for them tomove over to the Holiday Inn. Jim told Tony to follow him, andthey were on their way.
As they approached the room, Tony was almost shaking as hethought about lovely undulating breasts with juicy pink nipples.Jim wanted to shake but didn't want to give anything away. Hekept himself very calm and collected. Soon they stood in front ofthe door and looked at each other. Jim said, "what are you wait-ing for Tony, knock on the door." Tony tapped lightly and heardfrom within a request to come in.
The door was unlocked. They entered quietly noting that theonly light on was a dim light just inside the door. The voicethat they heard was a husky whisper. "Come in gentlemen; makeyourselves at home. I hope it's not too dark in here for you, butI like it subdued. There are glasses in the foyer. Fix us a glassof wine and get your asses over here. Both men were periodicallyshivering with excitement, thinking about the mystery of it all.
Tony poured the wine into three glasses on a tray while Jimapproached the bed. There she was. She graced the bed in the mostseductive fashion. Lying across the open sheets, Peggy wasdressed in a lace black teddy with built in wire bra holding herlovely breasts up for inspection, garter belt, black stockingsand spike heels. Adorning the upper portion of her face was ablack cat mask with red feathers framing her face. Hot. Very hotwas all Jim could think. His cock was rock-hard. This was hiswife. He had never seen this outfit before and continued to be-come even more aroused. "Hello Janet. Have you been waitinglong?" Jim asked.
"Too long. Now get over here and warm me up mother fucker. Ineed some of that glorious cock," she demanded in her throatymanner. Jim immediately melted onto the bed. Tony almost felt asthough he were being left out until Jim introduced them. Tonytold "Janet" that he was enchanted and began to remove his shirt.Jim was kissing Peggy and noticed how Tony riveted his eyes onher body as he continued to undress. Jim indicated that they bothhad an unfair advantage as he still had all of his clothes on.
Peggy said, "listen Jim, you and I have been around the cor-ner before. Why don't you have a glass of wine while Tony and Iget to know one another a little better." Jim's blood began toboil. He anxiously awaited the moment when they would firsttouch. Tony was no prude and had stripped all of his clothes andleft them where they fell. He was hotter than a firecracker. Theelectric moment came. Tony, who had so often wanted to touchPeggy was now touching her and had no idea who she was. He beganvery gently by touching his lips to Peggy's.
Soon their tongues touched and the kiss became more pas-sionate. Jim watched as Tony's experienced hands began searchingfor the hooks to her garment. It soon fell aside. Her breastsfell into the subdued light much to Jim's excitement. Tony momen-tarily pulled back from Peggy to gaze at her gorgeous mounds.They were perfect in every way. They rolled gently from side toside with Tony's advances. Her now hard nipples brushed againstthe hair on his chest. He reached up to cup one of the beautifulglobes and pinch a nipple as he maintained his assault with histongue in her mouth. Jim had everything to do to keep himselffrom coming in his pants as he heard Peggy begin to moan as hehad never heard her moan before.
Tony released the snaps between Peggy legs that held thebottom of the teddy in place. It was cast aside, and Jim watchedas Tony's hand dipped down into Peggy's soft pussy curls with onehand as his other hand filled itself with pliant ass flesh. Jimhad removed his clothing and was slowly stroking his thickeningshaft. He had to be careful as he could come at any moment withsuch a hot scene in front of him. Jim watched as Tony's lipsbegan sucking harder on Peggy's pert nipples. Her moans increasedin intensity, and she started rubbing her clit against Tony.Peggy's lover touched his lips to her belly and continued trail-ing down to her fragrant muff. Peggy moved around on top of Tonyto accommodate a position of 69 and lifted Tony's towering shaftinto her mouth. She took this love organ deep inside her mouthand began to suck slowly.
Jim's excitement continued to grow as he saw the globes ofPeggy's ass come into view and Tony's hands surround them. Jimmoved toward the bed stroking his gigantic member. He reacheddown and felt the weight of one of Peggy's heavy breasts as hishand moved up and down the length of his cock. Peggy reachedaround and drew Jim over to her. She released Tony's cock and
replaced it with Jim's. Just when Tony was about to feel as if hehad been abandoned, Peggy switched to suck his tool again. Backand forth she went bringing bliss to both men. Soon, both menfelt Peggy begin to change positions. They released their respec-tive grips as Peggy got on her knees, waving her fanny in theair.
"Tony, I want your thick bone in my hole now," she said.Tony quickly agreed and moved into position for a rear approach.He looked at the twin globes seemingly suspended in air and couldsmell the fragrant odor of her dripping love tunnel. Tony guidedhis now huge cock to the entrance to her gaping hair coveredhole. He could see the soft pink lips pouting out, waiting forhis organ. As the large mushroom-shaped head of his cock ap-proached Peggy's slick quim, Jim watched in rapture stroking hisown monster. Tony's bone came closer and closer. Jim moved aroundin front of Peggy and offered his penis to her mouth. As Peggy'slips started to engulf Jim's cock, a deep moan escaped Peggy'slips and deep hot breath caressed Jim's cock. Tony's penis wasbeginning to spread the lips of Peggy's pussy. Slick with Peggy'semissions, Tony entered her effortlessly. Deeper and deeper hiscock traveled until his hairy balls were slapping against her wetpussy.
Peggy began to suck deeply on Jim's cock as Tony began pump-ing slowly. As he withdrew his cock from Peggy's dripping cunt,Tony noticed how his thick shaft was glistening with her juices.Again he pressed forward and felt Peggy press her ass harderagainst his bone. She continued to suck on Jim's cock. Then shehollered to Tony, "Fuck that cunt hole mother fucker. Fuck itharder. Deeper. Now." Her mouth continued to draw deeply on Jim'scock. Tony was stroking wildly now. In and out. Deeper anddeeper. He twisted his hips as he drove forward and upward. Herotated his long tool inside of Peggy's hot cunt as he reachedforward and grasped one of her taunt nipples.
Jim drove his cock into his wife's mouth and reached for herother breast. The three of them continued to pound at one anotheruntil Peggy felt a new tightness in Tony's cock. He was going togo off. She reached between her legs and began to massage Tony'sswaying balls. He drove once deep and hard as his hands graspedPeggy's tightening buttocks. Peggy could feel the thick gobs ofcum shoot deep into her fuck hole. As Jim watched Peggy's mouthslide up and down his cock, he noticed her eyes, through hermask, roll up into her head. At this point he knew she was com-ing. Jim's rod began to convulse as his cream crept up and out ofthe head of his swollen member. Over and over again he felt gobsof jism squirt into Peggy's mouth. She was now grunting deep3ly;trying to get the most of her quaking hole. Tony, Peggy and Jimfell to the bed. They were all panting and somewhat out ofbreath. Jim heard Tony say that he had never had such a nut asthis. No one moved for about fifteen minutes.
Suddenly, Peggy got up from the bed and moved toward therest room. Tony looked at Jim under half closed eyelids and askedhim, "where in the hell did you find this gorgeous animal?" Jimmerely smiled in response. Peggy returned after refreshing her-self and poured three more glasses of wine, handing one to eachof her lovers.
She pulled a side chair over to the bed and sat oppositethem. Tony said, "listen lovely lady, I would sure feel better ifyou told me that this would happen again one day."
Jim tapped Tony on the shoulder and said, " 'PEGGY' won't mind,will you honey?" Peggy removed the mask in one quick motion.
"No Jim, I don't think I would mind, if you and Tonywouldn't mind. I thought it was kind of fun, didn't you think so,honey?"
It took a full minute for all of this to register to Tony.He was incredulous and had no idea what to say. Jim told him,"don't try to understand right now Tony. We will explain it toyou later. Just put your eyes back in your head, remember howgreat it was and put your pants on."
CHAPTER FOURTEEN - MIND SEX
Peggy had always admired the young relief mail man. Not onlywas he a nice looking man with a great build, he was alwayspleasant and cheerful. Her regular business letter carrier was anobnoxious, obvious liar. He must have stayed up nights thinkingabout some of the ludicrous tales that he shared with all of thebusiness owners in the shopping plaza. She would often hide inthe back of the store at the time that mail was delivered. Tim,the relief man was a welcome change, and she looked forward tohim stopping in to chat for a few moments a day. Lately, andquite possibly unconsciously, she had been trying to dress alittle more seductively so that he might notice her a bit more.
Due to the worst illness reported to mankind, Bob, theregular mail man, announced that he would be on sick leave andmay never return to the ranks of the walking or talking. "Damnshame," Peggy thought. Well, at least she would have an oppor-tunity to see Tim periodically.
"How are you today, Tim?" Peggy asked as the strong, youngmail carrier entered her shop. Her shoulders rolled a bit morethan usual causing her full breasts to dance slightly. She feltas if her fanny was rather well framed by the jeans she was wear-ing and would periodically turn around to offer them in theirbest light.
"Great! Don't the leaves changing colors make you think ofwhen you were a kid?" he asked with his ever-present smile.
"This is my favorite season. I brings to mind visions ofmarshmallow roasts, cider and hay rides. We used to always go onhay rides when we were kids. We didn't too often have a horse topull us; usually it was just a tractor," Peggy said with athoughtful, remembering look in her eyes.
"Too bad we never had the opportunity to go on a hay ridetogether," Tim offered with a slightly wicked grin as he turnedto go.
Peggy was caught off guard. She had often thought about whata nice young man Tim was. She hadn't considered that he may havefound her attractive enough to try to become intimate with.Before she could formulate a response, he was out of the door.She wondered whether he was serious or just being sociable. Peggynever gave much thought to having an affair. As a result shenever developed many fantasies. Her husband, Jim had always indi-cated to her that he wouldn't be opposed to her expanding herhorizons so long as she didn't become emotionally involved. Sheknew that he had gone astray on a few occasions, but she didn'twant to know about it. She knew he loved her and didn't feelthreatened.
Tim and his winning manner began to make her think about it.What would be so wrong with making love with him. The one thingthat she always thought about when it came to sex was the man'sbuttocks. She would close her eyes and imagine how it looked un-clothed; rippling as he walked across the room. Visions of hisstrong buns tightening to pump his hard meat into her wet holewould generally drive her crazy with desire. She had done it now.She had placed the thought in her mind, and she could almost feelit. Peggy had to get her mind on something else.
As she busied herself with some overdue paper work, thethoughts continued to visit her. She imagined looking down at theerect nipples of her ample breasts. His lips moved gently fromone to the other as his teeth gently tugged and manipulated eachin turn. As her mind wandered, she felt her nipples becominghard. The thought of his strong hands massaging her naked but-tocks swam into her head.
Again she could see his erect penis entering her hairy lovetunnel as his ass tightened to drive his bone home. Almostwithout thinking her hand fell into her lap, allowing her fingersto delve into the swollen lips of her wet pussy. Paper workwouldn't do. She would have to move around to get this out of herhead. Peggy began to do some stock work. Moving around the shopseemed to help, at least for the time being.
Six o'clock came and she was free to close the shop and headfor home. By seven she had a light dinner on the table for herand her husband, and by eight the dishes were in the washer andshe retired to the couch to relax and let the day dissolve. Againthe thought that taunted her earlier returned. She trieddesperately to get her mind on a sit-com that was on the TV, butit seemed futile. "Jim, would you like to go to bed a littleearly tonight?" Peggy asked with a feigned yawn.
"Go ahead honey, I'll be in just as soon as I get done withthe paper. I won't be but a few more minutes," Jim respondedwithout taking his eyes off of the newspaper. Peggy could thinkof nothing but cock driving deep into her greasy love hole. Shebegan by imagining Jim's pole, hard and long seeking new depths.Suddenly, her mind turned once again to Tim. She tried to imaginehow long and thick his cock was, whether his penis rested onlarge, heavy balls and how his public hair looked. Peggy wonderedwhether one man's penis tasted any differently or felt any dif-ferently than another.
After brushing her teeth, she stood nude in front of themirror. Her eyes were first attracted to her heavy breasts. Shecould see her nipples begin to harden. Without thought her handsrose to her breasts to feel their weight. Her sharp, paintedfinger nails gently scratched the surface of her marble-likenipples. Shivers of excitement shot like lightening from herultra-sensitive nipples to her loins. Her hands dropped to herhair-covered pussy and spread its lips to reveal her pulsingclit. Uncontrollably, her buttocks tightened increasing the sen-sations in her moistening crotch as she slid her finger teasinglyover this fiery nub.
Her hands began to travel from one part of her fine body toanother, touching, teasing, investigating and squeezing. Peggy'slegs became weak as her excitement increased. She thought betterof standing for this welcomed torture. Peggy sought her soft bedand quite naturally got hotter and more aroused as her mind con-tinued its erotic focus. She allowed her fingers to dip down intothe inner folds of her honey pot as one hand reached up and beganto manipulate a soft pink nipple. Moistening her index fingerwith her saliva, she began to slide it back and forth over herexpanding nipples. Her ear was tuned in to the sound of Jim'srecliner chair being released to the ground. Shit! She was ready,and she needed it soon.
Jim came in shortly afterward, took off his clothes, set outhis night clothes and began to brush his teeth in the adjoiningbathroom. Peggy couldn't take her eyes off of his hairy ass andhis heavy member swinging gently between his strong legs. Eachtime the head of his flaccid penis came into sight, Peggy's ex-citement increased. Each time she saw the flex of his buttocksshe imagined that he was driving his bone into her slippery,tight crevice. Closing her eyes she could see the thick head ofhis penis pushing the lips of her tight vagina wide open. "Do yousuppose that you can do me a favor and forget to put your pajamason?" Peggy said seductively.
Jim recognized the mood. Peggy needed to ride his hard cockand get a nut. He smiled his custopeggy smile and said, "anythingfor my beautiful love princess." He entered the sheets to findthat Peggy had removed her night clothes and was ready. He liftedthe sheets to gaze at her lovely body. Her heavy breasts swayeddelightfully back and forth as if they had a life of their own.Her nipples had hardened to the point of gathering a nice expanseof her lovely, soft breasts around them. There were wrinkles inher white tit flesh a full half inch around her dark pinknipples. As his eyes traveled lower, they settled on her soft,fluffy muff of pubic hair which warmed her slick vagina. Themuscles of her stomach rippled with anticipation as she threw oneleg over Jim's thighs and devoured his waiting lips with her own.
Peggy yearned with the excitement that she had allowed tobuild throughout the day. Her breasts ached to be sucked andsqueezed. Her thoughts traveled back and forth between Jim andTim. Each time that she felt the warmth of Jim's hand on herflesh her excitement increased. She was thinking about Tim's hardtool investigating her depths. Soon Peggy slid down Jim's bodyand grabbed his stiff bone in a tight grasp. Without furtherwarning or delay, she engulfed his raging cock with her hotmouth.
Jim twisted around without dislodging his swollen member,filled his hands with the flesh of Peggy's ass cheeks and drovehis hot tongue into her fragrant pussy. They were locked in thecareless, mindless embrace of passion as they had their fill ofone another's delights.
Moving slowly and methodically, these lovers became lockedtogether in the traditional embrace of lust. Ever so slowly, heplaced the angry head of his thick staff at the threshold of herslick sex. He began to slow fuck Peggy as he watcher her eyesportray a hungry animal. Gradually he picked up the pace inresponse to her pleading. As Jim drove his thick spike intoPeggy's gyrating cock-glove, he filled his hands intermittentlywith her quivering thighs, bouncing breasts, and rounded asscheeks.
The globes of her full ass rolled and rippled with eachthrust. Jim could never remember her being this horny. As Peggycame hard for the third time, Jim pulled his cock from her tighthole, aimed it at her gyrating breasts and shot his thick creambetween her lovely globes. As she grunted away the last of herclimax, thinking of Tim pouring his cream on her tits, Peggyfilled her still twitching hole with one hand and smeared Jim'shot come over her nipples with the other hand.
"I don't know what made you as crazy as you were tonighthoney, but if it was some kind of a pill, take two next time. Youturned me on more than I can ever remember being turned on. Ithink it was the wild animal look in your eyes. I hope you en-joyed it as much as I did, honey," Jim said as he gasped forbreath. Soon they were both in a deep rewarding sleep.
The next morning Peggy woke first and found that she feltunusually sore; as if she had done hard physical labor the daybefore. Suddenly, she remembered why she felt that way. Peggy en-tered the hot spray of her morning shower and felt the pulse ofthe water dancing on her tender nipples. Soaping the hairy muffof her womanhood, her mind returned to the visions that she hadtrapped in her memory. Her soapy hands slid effortlessly over herheavy breasts, her tightening nipples, into the crack of her assand between the lips of her sex. She was becoming turned on allover again. Realizing that time was limited, she hurried hershower and robbed herself of additional pleasure.
As she fixed the coffee and began to realize why she hadbeen so horny, she began to feel confusion and shame. She hadbeen thinking of Tim. She could remember seeing his ass flying ashe drove his cock meat into her slick hole. Her shame soon drovethe thought out of her head. Jim came out into the dining roomand smiled at her. She tried to avoid his glance so that shewouldn't give herself away. Finally Jim said to her, "Peggy, issomething wrong honey? It couldn't have been last night. That wasprobably the best sex we've ever had. I woke up with such a hardcock I could probably cut diamonds with it."
Peggy began to whimper as she told Jim about her fantasy andthe guilt she was feeling. Jim listened calmly as she explainedher fantasy and who it was about. A slight smile came over Jim ashe began to comfort her, "Peggy, you didn't do anything wrong. Ihave fantasies all the time. It doesn't mean that I don't loveyou, or that I prefer to make love with someone else. It'snatural. Everyone has them. If it would guarantee that we wouldhave sex like that all the time, you could ball this guy once aweek. Just the thought of you having a fantasy about another manexcites me beyond words."
"You're out of your mind! I would never make love withanother man. I am married to you, and my body belongs to you,"she said with some fire. "I just found that it made it excitingto think about someone else. I would never cheat on you Jim."
"Your body doesn't belong to me. It belongs to you. I don'tlook at it as though you were cheating or even wanted to. I'mjust glad that you enjoyed yourself. It's always been excitingfor me to know that others found you attractive and sexy. How doyou think I would feel if no one else thought you were sensual orexciting?" Jim inquired.
"Let's not talk about it any more right now, OK Jim?" Peggypleaded. "I feel very unusual, and I don't really understandwhat's going on in my head right now. I just want to stop think-ing about it right now and get ready to open the shop.
"OK honey. Just don't be too hard on yourself. You enjoyedit and there was no harm done. I told you once before that theonly thing that would concern me is if you got emotionally in-volved with someone to the point that you lost your love for me,"he said.
Peggy answered quickly and emphatically, "I could never loveanyone more than I love you. You're my partner and my bestfriend. You always will be."
"Now that's what I like to hear. Go and get ready, you'regoing to be late," Jim said in a simulated scolding as he tappedher on the fanny.
As she completed the opening procedure at the shop, Peggybegan to think about how she would feel when Tim brought the mailin. Would she feel embarrassed or dirty. Could she look him inthe eye if he decided to talk to her. As the noon hour arrivedher anticipation increased. "So did you hear the newest Pea Weejoke?" Tim asked as he opened the door and floated in. His goodspirits seemed to make everything OK. She caught herself prancinga bit for him to show off her attributes. They talked about quitea few different topics in the short time that Tim was able tostay. As he began to make his last comments prior to departure,Peggy started to feel sad to see him go. "I wish we could havetalked a little longer," Peggy said to her own surprise.
"I'll tell you what Peggy; I get off at four. What do yousay I stop and get us some coffee and bring it by?" Tim sug-gested. Peggy began to stumble with her words, trying to formu-late an answer. Tim hurried to her defense by adding, "I guessthat was a bit forward. You will probably be tied up, and Ishouldn't have asked. I'll be able to stop tomorrow for a littlewhile, and we'll talk then when I deliver the mail.
Peggy, having composed herself and got a grip on what wasgoing on, thought for a moment and offered, "I'm not all thatbusy. It would be nice if you could stop back. I take my coffeewith one cream and one sugar."
Incredulously, Tim answered, "OK Peggy. It's a deal. Ishould be by at about four-fifteen. See you then."
What in the hell have I gotten myself into now? Peggythought. I'll just be leading this guy on, and he's such a niceguy. Hey! Maybe he doesn't even have anything on his mind otherthan conversation. Not all men are fuck bunnies. He may just wantto talk and kill some time before going someplace. Her mind con-tinued to develop various scenarios until after four o'clock.
"One coffee with cream and sugar coming up," Tim announcedas he entered the door negotiating his package. He had apparentlyremoved his uniform shirt and was wearing his jacket over a teeshirt.
"Come on in the back so we can drink our coffee without cus-tomers gawking at us," Peggy invited. They sat at a small tablenext to the divan as Peggy prepared her coffee and began to testits heat with her lips.
"I bet you were just counting the minutes until I got here,weren't you Peggy," Tim said with a humorous grin on his face. "Ihope that I didn't give you the wrong impression when I invitedmyself over for coffee. I know you are married and from what yousay you are happy. It isn't my intention to screw anything up,but you are very attractive and great to talk to. I just enjoyspending time with you. Don't get me wrong. I would love to makelove to you, but I fully understand the situation. So let's havesome coffee, talk about the regular mail man behind his back andthen I'll run.
Peggy had a slightly shocked look on her face. It was soonreplaced by a sneaking smile. She was flattered by what he hadsaid and couldn't help but think how cute he was being. "Tim, Iwould be lying to you if I told you that I didn't think aboutbeing with you. You look great and I enjoy talking with you aswell, but..."
"I know. I know. Don't say it. You don't have to explain,"Tim said in an effort to spare Peggy from the embarrassment ofrejecting him. Peggy set down her coffee and reached out tocradle his face. As if controlled by some unknown force, shepressed her full lips to his with closed eyes. His hungry lipscaressed her own and soon moved to the side of her neck. She feltshivers running down her neck. Her nipples began to tingle, andshe became aware of her moistening womanhood.
As she held his lips close to her hot skin, she panted toTim, "I'm always so damn concerned about everyone and everythingaround me - trying to be everything that everyone wants me to be.I'm tired of trying to be perfect. I want you, Tim. I want tofeel you touch me. I need to feel you inside of me. I want tofeel your hard bone go off in me and paint my insides with yourthick cream."
Peggy jumped up abruptly, excused herself and told Tim thatshe would return in a moment. She shot to the front of the shop,locked the door and turned the OPEN sign around.
Upon her return, Peggy dropped to her knees, her hands fum-bling with his zipper. She slid her hands over the front of histrousers, around to his buttocks and returned to quickly releasedhis raging manhood. Her boiling breath danced on the head of hispenis, and his legs began to weaken. Holding his massive, hairyballs in her soft hands, she descended on his quaking tool. Firstone inch, then another slipped into the comfortable sheath of herwarm mouth. As the head of his rock-hard penis touched the backof her wet throat, her lips closed on his engorged shaft. Gentlyhis hands cradled her soft hair, guiding the path of his erect,searching member. As her lips and tongue played on the thick meatof his cock, her hands unbuttoned his trousers and lowered themto the floor. Sensuously, her hands slid up the back of his legsand clasped his hair-covered buttocks, squeezing him more deeplyinto her hungry mouth.
Tim was heaven-bound. He reached down, lifted her sweaterand released the catch to her bra. Peggy's full, swollen breastsbounced into his waiting hands. Her nipples felt like marbles inhis strong hands as he squeezed her soft, firm flesh. A croakinggroan escaped her lips and made his swollen cock tremble as herolled her nipples between each thumb and index finger. Reachingunder her arms, Tim raised Peggy to her feet, pressed her closeto him and drove his tongue deep into her open mouth. Tim's handsslid into the elastic waistband of Peggy's jeans, beneath herpanties to grasp her smooth, warm buttocks.
The spongy texture of her undulating ass cheeks only servedto increase his excitement. While one hand cupped one of herample breasts to test its weight, his other hand dipped into themoist crevice of her ass to feel its heat. Dropping yet further,Tim's hand brushed her anal button, and he could feel the soft,wiry texture of her tangled pubic hair. His search soon resultedin the slick swollen prize of her gaping love tunnel. Moisturebegan to roll from her as her mind was totally devoted to thiserotic moment.
Peggy's hands began to fumble with his tee shirt, his jackethaving been summarily discarded. Her fingers searched through thelustrous hair of his strong chest as she continued to kiss hisneck and shoulders. Soon they were both totally nude and begantheir short trip to the divan.
"Let's take it slow, Peggy. I want this to last as long aspossible. Get up on your knees so I can enter you from behind andplay with your lovely breasts," Tim suggested softly as his handscontinued to start new fires on her highly sensitized skin.
Peggy slowly turned over and got up on her hands and kneeson the divan. Tim placed his hand high on her shoulders to pres-sure her to lower her head and elevate her fanny. Taking a posi-tion behind Peggy, Tim's eyes were blessed with the most lovelyview of Peggy's full buttocks and open pussy. He spread hercheeks with his strong hands and began tasting her sweet honeypot. Peggy groaned, "Oh, suck my pussy, Tim. Stick you tonguedeep inside of me." Tim obeyed her orders as he stiffened histongue and rubbed it hard against her clit.
Shivering, Peggy whispered, "Fuck me with your hard tongue,Tim. Drive it deep into my hole. Fuckkkkkkkkk me!" Peggy hadbegun to experience her first climax as Tim continued to payhomage to her burning love hole. She pushed back against his wetmouth and reached under herself to pinch and roll her nipples. "Ineed your cock, Tim. Stick that big piece of hard cock meat intome. Drive it home, honey."
Tim didn't need much encouragement. He wiped his face withhis hand and transferred the moisture to Peggy's wiggling asscheeks. Taking his long, thick pole in his trembling hand, Timplaced the enlarged head against the swollen, greased lips of herpulsating pussy. Immediately, Peggy began to press backward inhopes of expediting the entry. Tim filled his hands with hershuddering buttocks to control her rearward travel. His eyes weretreated to the lovely texture of her ass. His hands were blessedwith the spongy feel of her writhing globes. The scent of her sexfilled his head with a heavy aroma that spoke pages of primal ex-citement. Slowly his starchy bone entered Peggy's wet cavern aninch at a time. He heard her begin to cry ever so quietly. "Areyou OK, Peggy?" concern filled his voice.
"I haven't been this OK in a long time, Tim. Fuck your longpole up into my greasy pussy. Fuck me hard! Fuck me deep! Fuck melike you've never fucked anyone before. Squeeze my ass. Tell meyou need your cock in me. Feel the weight of my tits and pinch mynipples. Do my tits turn you on?" she continued her staccatoseries of wild statements and frantic demands.
"I do need my cock in you, Peggy. I need it bad. Your titsturn me on more than I can say. The way you're talking to medrives me wild. I can't hold on much longer," Tim said as heturned his attention to anything but what he was doing. Hethought about taking out the trash. He thought about rug burn onhis knees. He began to do math problems; anything to keep himfrom coming too soon. Suddenly Peggy rolled out from beneath hisdriving piston and collapsed on the floor.
"Relax for a moment, Tim. I don't want this wonderful feel-ing to be over so soon. Kiss me," Peggy implored. Tim tenderlyplaced his lips against Peggy's eyelids as they closed. Her armsreached up to cradle his head to her rolling breasts. Tim reacheddown between her splayed legs, and his eager hand rested in thenest of her pubic bush. It was damp with her juices and coveredher thick, swollen pussy lips. They pouted for additional atten-tion. First one finger entered her body and then the other. Histhumb began to circle her love button as her head began to rollback and forth in time with her moans. Lowering his head to suckon Peggy's nipples, Tim began to rotate his fingers inside of herleaking tunnel. Deeper and deeper his efforts were directed,remembering that the "G" spot was within his reach.
Soon a gush of climax was released from her deepestrecesses, painting his hand as Peggy's eyes rolled up into herecstatic head. "Oh oh ohhhhhhhh Timmmmmm! I'm commminng," shegroaned long and low. "I need your hard meat to spray my wet holewith your cream. Put it in. Fuck me hard, please."
Opening her legs and raising her knees, Tim directed hisgigantic rod into her slippery crevice. The excitement continuedto build as he looked down and saw her pubic hair drenched withher own excitement. His immense member encountered no resistanceas it quickly slid into her deepest channel. As he slowlywithdrew his glistening rod from her tight pussy, he watched herpubic hair cling to his shaft. Looking across the room at afloor-length dressing mirror, Peggy saw the reflection of hisperfectly shaped ass tightening to drive his bone as deeply aspossible. She began to buck wildly. Tim rolled over with Peggy intow. Holding her by her arms just above the elbows, Tim continuedto drive his cock up into her swollen, glistening hole. Her heavybreasts dangled dreamily in his face. Periodically, he wouldlower her so that he could intermittently suck on one nipple andthen the other.
Peggy continued to urge him on in the throatiest voice shecould muster, "fuck my hole, Tim. Squirt your thick come into mypussy. Kiss me! Kiss me." She lowered her floating tits onto hischest as her tongue sought his open mouth. His hands reached be-hind her and began to squeeze her wiggling buttocks. Allowing hishand to dip into the crack of her ass cheeks, he found that ittoo was drenched with her juice. His fingers slid over her slip-pery anal button and dipped into the rear of her gaping, hairyhole. He felt his own rigid penis splitting the grasping lips ofher sex.
He drove harder and deeper as his hands continued their as-sault on her smooth, slippery buttocks. She whispered the lan-guage of love into his ear urging him on. "Fuck my cunt motherfucker. Drive your cock bone into my guts. Squeeze my buttocksand feel my heavy titties on your chest." Suddenly he could feelthe tell-tail constriction of his heavy balls as he prepared tospill his fluid into Peggy's sucking hole. He drove it hard anddeep one last time and froze as the love cream traveled up fromhis tight sack, through the rigid vessel of his throbbing cock,out of its bulbous head and into her gripping love muscle. Peggytook the last advantage of his unyielding bone and increased thespeed at which her quivering channel slipped over the length ofhis penis. Her fingers dug deep into his flexing buttocks as hereyes returned to the mirror to lock the memory into her fierymind. Soon, deep grunts began to issue forth from Peggy as ifthey had their origin deep within her. Their climactic juicesmixed into a cocktail of aromatic desire.
The soft tender moments following their union glided awayslowly. Peggy rested in his strong arms as he tenderly kissed herhair and rubbed the smooth skin of her back. "I would have neverbelieved that we would have been together," Peggy spoke first.
"It has been like a dream. Peggy, I don't think that I haveever been that turned on. I have often thought of making love toyou. I would come into the shop and look at you. I would try notto be obvious. I usually waited until your eyes were diverted tosneak peeks at your lovely body; the swell of your ass as youwalked slowly across the room, the bounce of your breasts, thesmile that slowly appeared when I would come in the door. I am soglad that you consented to let me make love to you," he rambled.
She quickly returned, "it wasn't a matter of consenting,Tim. I wanted you to. I hope that you won't think less of me now.Once the heat of the moment wears off, I hope that I won't feelso guilty that I won't be able to handle it. This is the firsttime that I have ever made love with anyone other than Jim.
"Just promise me one thing, Peggy. Just promise me thatthere will be another day. Even if you don't mean it. Promise me.Let me leave today knowing that I'll have the opportunity to bewith you again," Tim pleaded. Faced with Peggy's silence, Timadded, "if you can't promise me that, promise me that we willcontinue to be friends."
"Friends don't need to make promises like that," Peggy said."Friends let things happen naturally and support one another whenthey do happen. Somehow I think that we'll be together again. Ihope so." She silently wondered what Jim would think if he knew.She also wondered whether Jim had ever felt like this withsomeone else. She knew that she would again feel this wonder.
Suddenly, Jim snapped his fingers and Peggy fell into a deeptrance. Tim's muscular young form had miraculously undergone ametamorphosis. Jim stood in Tim's place, pleased with the fantasythat he had led Peggy through. I knew she always wanted to fuck amail man, he thought. He left her with the suggestion that shewould not be guilt ridden, and she would relish the memory as adream.
CHAPTER FIFTEEN - MIND SEX
Jim was out of town on another business trip. Peggy had been sobusy lately with her new job as a electronic technician that shehadn't had time to give much thought to feeding her sexual urges.
It never failed though. She was at a new job site, here was agreat looking guy, working close to her on this project for thepast three days, and she continued to be too shy to show herinterest in hi m. Michael was about 33 years of age, five feet,ten inches tall and about 165 pounds. He was in great shape andhad a ruggedly handsome face that drew her like a magnet. He wasalways dressed impeccably and his dark hair was well groomed.
Each time they came into close proximity, Peggy smelled hisscent and could feel his masculinity. He had a great looking setof buns that Peggy enjoyed sneaking peaks at as he walked aroundthe room. From the bulge in the front of his pants, she couldimagine that he would have much to offer. However, she wasconcerned that at 43 years of age, he might perceive her as alittle too old for his liking. She didn't think she could dealwith his rejection. As a result, she didn't want to make it tooobvious that she found him attractive.
"How about lunch, Peggy? Have you made any plans?" Michaelasked as they finished up the installation of part of theequipment that his firm had purchased.
"I didn't have any plans, Michael. What did you have in mind?"Peggy responded.
"I thought that maybe we could stop by the Cortez. They'resupposed to have great Mexican food. Are you game?" he queried.Peggy was surprised and pleased that he would ask her to joinhim. They removed to the parking lot and Michael offered todrive. As they enjoyed a quiet lunch, Peggy began to think thatMichael may be interested in her after all. "I hope that yourhusband won't be upset that we've gone out together, Peggy," hesaid. "Jim wouldn't mind at all, Michael. He is always encouraging meto meet new people. Besides, he's out of town for the next coupleof days. We could be running naked down the middle of the roadand he wouldn't know," she responded.
Michael thought for a moment and with his eyes focused on therim of his margarita glass said, "Does he also encourage you tomeet new people that find you as attractive as I do?" Peggylooked at him with disbelief. "You're not hitting on me, are youMichael? I thought that I would have to make the first move and Iwas afraid that it would be the last as well."
Michael's eyes lit up at hearing this, and a smile spreadacross his handsome face. "Is there any chance that we can gettogether later? I would very much like to get to know you on asocial basis, if you don't think it would compromise you toomuch. I can assure you that I am the soul of discretion." Hishand reached out and touched her nervous hand as his eyes dancedfrom her lovely face to her swelling breasts.
"Why don't you call me at about seven tonight. I'll know alittle better what page I'm on then. If all goes well, you may beable to come over and watch a movie or something," Peggy said asshe became aware of his gaze on her breasts and began to feel atingling stir in the pit of her stomach. She was nervous, but shedidn't want to pass up a chance at spending a little time withthis wonderful looking and sweet man. Jim had so often suggestedthat she broaden her horizons. He usually created or helped tocreate her fantasies. It would be exciting to break fear's icygrip and show Jim that she could be creative all on her own. Hewould be shocked and terribly happy to know that she had.
Peggy got home at half past five, fed the fish and beganstraightening up the house. She couldn't get her mind off ofMichael. What had she gotten herself into? She was becoming moreexcited but increasingly apprehensive thinking about being withhim. After putting the house in order, Peggy started to run herbath water. She quickly removed her clothes and suddenly caughther reflection in the full mirror. She did look great for a womanher age. Jim always told her that she was one of the mostexciting women he had ever known. She threw her shoulders backand pressed her full breasts toward the mirror. They were indeedlovely.
Her hands went to the mounds of tit flesh, felt their weightand squeezed gently. Her pink nipples were beginning to hardenand contract into beautiful knobs of rubbery meat. Taking eachinto her thumbs and forefingers, she began to roll them back andforth, increasing the pressure. Her hands traveled down the sidesof her firm breasts to her hips, around to her warming thighs andinward to the curls of her pubic garden. Electricity shot throughher as her fingers sought the nub of her swollen clit. First onefinger entered and then another. She could feel the slickemission of her love lubricant prepare the way for the searchingfingers of her left hand. With her right hand she reached aroundher hip to feel the texture and weight of her tightening asscheek. Damn was she hot. She w anted to fuck Michael in the worstway. She began to imagine how his stiff cock bone would feel inher hairy cunt when she noticed the bath water reaching adangerous level.
She stopped her self assault, turned off the bath water andtested its temperature. It was just tolerable so she pinned upher long brown curls and gently entered its heat, continuing toadmire her poised body in the mirror. The heat of the waterserved to relax her tensed form. She quickly put herself into alight trance and seemed to melt into the porcelain of the tub.
The time passed quickly and soon seven o'clock registered onthe clock in the dining room. Minutes later the phone rang. Peggyslowly approached the phone already having made up her mind toinvite Michael over. "It's your new electronic friend, Peggy.Have I caught you at a bad time?" Michael asked.
"Oh no, Michael. You're right on time. Everything looks goodover here, if you would like to stop over around nine. Would thatwork into your plans all right?" she asked in hopes that hehadn't changed his mind.
Michael didn't hesitate for a moment, "My plans can only hopethat you still want to see me. I can be there at nine. Can Ibring anything with me?"
"Just you. We'll have a little pizza and watch some videos ofthe Little Rascals. Don't be late," Peggy encouraged prior tohanging up the receiver. Oh christ, she thought. He really iscoming over. I better find something to wear.
Peggy picked out a pair of stretch pants that accented her legsand fanny quite well and a fitted top that was a little more lowcut than she wore out in public. Pizza in the oven and a bottleof white wine on ice, what else, she thought. Well, I guessthat's it. Now she had only to sit and wait on pins and needlesuntil he arrived.
The time couldn't pass quickly enough. Five minutes to nine andthe bell rang. Oh shit, she thought, I didn't even put on thefront light. She opened the door and Michael stood there with acute grin on his face. "You look great, Peggy. What's that Ismell, pizza?" he said as he entered.
Wine was poured, pizza served and the movie was put in thevideo player. Spanky was "hunt'n bugs" and the couple settled onto the couch to appreciate the antics of the classic kids. "Whatprompted you to invite me over, Peggy? I really didn't think thatyou would look twice at me," Michael said in a soft voice.
Peggy twisted to face him and then diverted her gaze at thespace between them, "In the last few days I've had a chance towork with you and I think I have come to know you well enough toknow that you are a gentleman. That was my first concern. Beyondthat, you look great and you treat me with respect. What's therenot to like? I'm not going to lie to you. I find you exciting,and I wanted to spend some time with you. You have....." Hermouth was silenced when Michael covered her soft lips with hisown. Immediately, his hands were on her breasts as her breath wasstopped by his quick act ions. She seemed to melt right into hisembrace.
Soon his hands were under to blouse, but it was restrictivebecause it was so tight. He reached behind her and unzipped herzipper and gave himself room to roam. Peggy shrugged hershoulders without taking her lips from his. The blouse fell freeand she helped him remove it. Her bra held her breasts upright asif an offering to a god. Michael's seemingly skilled fingersfound the catch and popped it free. Again she rolled hershoulders to shed this barrier. As her breasts fell freeMichael's eyes seemed glued to their sway and dance. His handsreturned slowly and gently as he cradled them seeking the juicynipples with his thumb and forefinger. A gratifying gasp escapedfrom her mouth directly into his lungs.
Peggy's fingers reached for the buttons to his shirt and beganto release them. Michael twisted in an effort to dislodge hisshirt tail from its hiding place and tore one of the sleevebuttons as he discarded his shirt. Peggy's hands searched hishairy chest and tweaked his sensitive nipples. Michael could feelhis cock begin its metamorphosis. It was straining within theconfines of his trousers.
Suddenly he rose, unzipped his trousers and left them were theyfell. Peggy slipped her thumbs inside the waistband of her slacksand peeled them from her heated loins. Michael reached for Peggyand brought her to her feet to embrace her lovely curves. Theystood locked in one another's arms exploring, squeezing andholding each other.
"Come with me, Michael. Let's go where it is a lot morecomfortable. Bring the glasses and the wine, would you?" Peggyinvited. Michael watched the roll of her well-defined buttocksunder her tight, pink panties as she preceded him to the bedroom.She seemed to be walking on air. His hot cock continued to becomemore rigid as he thought about her hot flesh wrapped around him.
As Peggy deposited Michael in the bed, she excused herself,walked over to the stereo and turned on the soft sounds of love.The door to the bath room closed, and she reappeared momentslater with a bottle of coconut oil. "Turn over on your stomachand relax, Michael. I want to rub your back for you," Peggy saidseductively as she sat on the edge of the large bed.
Her hands, filled with oil, began to spread the oil on hisback, neck, buttocks and thighs. She loved the feel of his tauntmuscles under her invading hands. Moans escaped Michael's mouthas her hands reached between the strong ass muscles to knead thestrong flesh. He could feel the oil slowly run into the crack ofhis buttocks and down to his heavy cum sack. Her hands teased hishairy balls lightly and returned to deeply massage the tensingknots of his ass. "Turn over, love," Peggy whispered as shegently encouraged him with a hand on his hip.
Her eyes were treated as his growing cock meat came into view.She applied the oil to his pectoral muscles, belly and thighs. Heclosed his eyes, put his hands behind his head and relished thefeel of her gentle, but firm hands caress his body. She watchedhis eyebrows raise without opening his eyes as she assaulted hisstiff cock bone with one hand and his heavy sack with the other.A gasp of pleasure escaped his lips as her oil-drenched handeasily slid down his thick fuck pole to meet the hand on hishairy balls. "If you keep that up, no pun intended, I'm going togo off before I should," he said with a smile with a deep, sultryvoice.
"Now its my turn, Michael. Would you mind giving me a massage?I'm dying to have your hands on me," she said as her lips reacheddown to touch Michaels. She fell into his arms, and her tongueslipped between his open lips. She could feel her aching breastsslide across his greased chest.
He broke the kiss and flipped her on the bed over his hip. "Ican't wait to touch your beautiful fucking body. Get on yourbelly and hand me the oil," he said authoritatively. In secondshis strong hands were filled with the oil and touching thehollows and peaks of her flesh. His eyes moved from her flexed,towering ass cheeks to the hint of public hair nestled betweenher slightly spread leg s. They traveled to her back and theswell of her breasts on either side. Damn, this woman feltwonderful. His hands both glided and penetrated her hot flesh.
Michael turned her over and applied the warm oil to her breastsand belly. Her spiked nipples glistened with the sheen of thelubricant as did her red-brown public curls. His hands treatedthemselves to her tit flesh, raising them into towers andallowing them to descend to their relaxed state. He teased herquivering pussy by approaching her enraged clit but not touchingit. Suddenly, he reached deep between her slightly parted legsand jammed two fingers into her depth. "Ohhhhhhhh! Shit, Michael.Fuck my hot cunt with your fingers. Move them around, deeper,harder. Fuck my greasy pussy, honey," she grunted as her handsreached out to pull his hand deeper inside of her quaking hole.
"Oh fuck, baby. You are so wet and slippery. My cock is goingto feel soooo good inside your treasure hole. Move around here soI can taste your honey," he pleaded. His mouth gorged itself withher hairy pussy lips as he moved his bulk around so that shecould have access to his furious cock meat.
"Give me your bone, Michael. Let me suck your mother fuckingcock. Squeeze my ass, honey," she screamed as her lips spread toaccommodate his oil-covered love pole. She drove his penisimmediately into the back of her mouth and lodged its bulbous,purple-hued head into the tight muscles of her hot throat. Hermoans served to rattle the head of his cock with the vibrationsof her ecstasy.
As Michael drove his tongue into the depths of her slipperyhole, his nose nestled into the rubbery button of her ass hole.He could feel the tiny hairs surrounding this nether hole ticklehis nose, and he drove it in harder. Her musky fragrance filledhis senses and his cock felt as if it would burst. One handreached behind her to fill itself with meandering ass flesh,while the other reached back to twist one of her glowing nipples."Pinch it, Michael. Pinch my nipple hard, harder," she demanded,momentarily releasing her mouth from his slippery, driving bone.
Peggy came up, apparently for air, looked down at her breastsresting on his chest and his chin buried in her muff. "Oh, fuckme, Michael. I need your cock in my guts. Put your fuck pole inmy cunt, honey."
Michael released his two-handed grip on her lovely flesh androse from the position he was in. She quickly placed herself inthe most vulnerable position; legs spread wide and pulled back.She saw him grasp his long cock and stroke it as his eyes seemedto memorize the folds of her slick pussy lips and the heaving ofher breasts. Closer and closer his engorged member came to herwaiting honey pit. As his cock reached the lips of her poutingcunt, she cradled her left breast with one hand and spread herhungry pussy with the other.
His cock seemed gigantic with lovely veins feeding its lengthand an angry looking spear-head kissing the lips of herwomanhood. She began to quiver in anticipation of the joy sheknew would follow. Michael dipped his cock into her oily pussyonly and inch and removed it. He slid it up and down the lengthof her slit to insure that he was well lubricated and then droveit to the deepest recesses of her canal. "Holy fuuuuck. Oh my godthat feels so good and so deep. Fuck me. Move you cock in andout. Slam your bone into my hairy hole and fuck me," Peggy wasrepeating with her eyes as wide open as they had ever been.
The look on her face was similar to fear, but Michael knew thatit was the look of love-lust. He continued to drive and withdrawhis thick, rigid cock meat in her gaping love hole. Peggy reachedbetween their perspiring bodies and inserted her fingers in herpussy to feel his cock enter. She continued her travels to hisheavy sack and massaged his swaying balls. He felt so good insideof her a nd although she had her hopes, she never imagined thatthis man could make her feel this good. She hoped that his cockwould never stop fucking her sloppy, deep hole.
Michael abruptly stopped as his cock was driven in as deep ashe could go. "Honey, I would like you to get on your knees so Ican fuck your cunt hole from behind. I want to dog-fuck yourwonderfully tight pussy. I want to watch your buns move as Idrive my love bone into your hot hole," Michael shared as hiscock continued to fuck her sweet smelling honey pot."
She reluctantly allowed him to remove his shaft from hertreasure chest, as she quickly moved into a kneeling position toaccept his cock again. It was fortunate that he did stop hisassault when he did, as he felt his balls begin to tighten totheir eventual climax. He wanted to make his pleasure and her joylast as long as it could. As she turned over, he watched her holeclose, and she turned over and assumed the suggested position.She lower her nipple-crested breasts to the bed, raiser her tightass cheeks and greased pussy in the air and said, "Put your thickcock in my tight, greasy cunt and fuck me like a dog."
Michael lowered his stiff cock to her hairy, lust slit andinserted it as he began to talk to her, "Back your smooth ass upagainst my cock bone and open your pussy so I can drive my boneinto your love slot, Peggy. I love to fill my hands with yourbuttocks. I want to drop my hot fuck load into your guts and hearyou scream with desire. That's it! Point you sweet cheeks as me.Damn you tits look good hanging there and swinging like heavysacks." Michael filled his hands with the flesh of her ass cheeksand drove his straining cock in and out of her tight pussy.
Peggy's heavy breasts rested against the palms of his handsas the cock assault continued. Michael kissed her neck andperiodically slipped his tongue into either ear. Peggy wassenseless. At this point there was no romance. There was noconversation. There was no awareness of anything other than theraw animal instincts of fucking. Deep guttural grunts came fromher mouth as her eyes rolled up into her head. Peggy bore downand pressed her gaping cunt and quivering ass cheeks as hard asshe could onto Michael's raging cock and swollen balls.
A series of staccato, helpless grunts escaped her lips as shebegan to cum like never before. Hearing this, smelling the sweetaroma of sex, feeling his bone deep inside of Peggy's belly andthe sensation of Peggy's hard nipples torturing the palms of hishands, Michael pulled his bone from her spasm-ridden tunnel andbegan to shoot his thick cream on her pumping, wiggling asscheeks. With one hand Michael ran his spurting cock up and downthe crack of her ass spreading the hot cream on herfinely-textured buttocks. With his other hand he reached aroundto her clit and began to furiously rub this swollen nub tolengthen her pleasure. Then he fell forward, sliding his boneinto the deep crack of her hot cheeks and refilling his handswith her heavy breasts. Soon they both lay exhausted andapparently paralyzed.
After they recovered, Peggy and Michael retired to the showerand cleaned the perspiration and scent of love from one another'sbody. Michael was soon recovered sufficiently to introduce Peggyto yet additional pleasures. Fantasy and hypnosis were wonderful.But now Peggy was armed with additional experiences to make themost of her time alone and with her husband.
When Michael had left, Peggy went over to the bookcase wherethe stereo was and turned off the video tape recorder. Jim wasgoing to get the show of his life when he came home. He probablydidn't think she had the nerve. Now it was apparent.
APPENDIX I
SELF-HYPNOSIS INDUCTION TECHNIQUES
WHAT IT IS
One of the most common questions about hypnosis is, "Can Ibe hypnotize? The answer is, you already have been. I'll explainmore about that later. However, in order to answer this questionappropriately, one has to know what hypnosis is, and is not. Hyp-nosis is not sleep as we generally think of it. It is simply analtered state of consciousness. During hypnosis we put the bodyto "sleep" and increase the awareness or concentrate the mind ina specific direction. In a single word is can be defined asfocus. Autohypnosis is nothing more than self induced hypnosis.
It is only possible for the mind to become focused after thebody does not serve to interrupt our focus. Therefore, our bodyfeels relaxed, warm, sometimes slightly tingly and at rest. Manypeople describe it as the feeling of suspended animation. Ourmind is completely aware of what is going on around us, it isreceptive to suggestion and is still capable of making decisions.Many empirical studies have been done which suggest that 95% ofthe population can be formally hypnotized.
When we are wide awake our mind is in the beta state. As weeliminate the influences of the body, such as the minor aches andpains or the muscle tensions, our mind drifts into an alteredstate called alfa. Once this state is reached we may then enterinto the theta state. The theta state is hypnosis. With practicewe can reach the delta state which is deep hypnosis.
When I suggested that you already have been hypnotized, Iwas referring to common everyday states that are not tradition-ally considered hypnosis. If you have ever caught yourselfdaydreaming, you have reached the theta state. Your mind wasfocused and you were not aware of anything else around you. Haveyou ever driven your car to a destination you often drive to andwondered how you got there? Your mind was on something else. Youwere in the theta state. Some people allow the thump of the roador the divider lines in the road to put them to "sleep." Thisalso is theta. Deep concentration associated with watching amovie or reading a book may also bring on the theta state. Vir-tually all of us have experience one or more of these phenomenon.If we have, we can be formally hypnotized.
THE PROCESS
Begin the process of autohypnosis by selecting a place ofprivacy and comfort; someplace free of noise and distractions. Itis also helpful to use the same place as often as possible, be-cause as time goes on, it will become a reassuring and comfortingplace conducive to your efforts. Relax on a bed, a lounge chairor even the floor. Many people find that the bath tub is mostconducive to self hypnosis; but exercise caution with the waterlevel. It is unlikely you would drown, but it can be uncomfort-able to take in a breath full of water. When possible use thesame position to allow your nervous system to let go.
Dress in a manner that will support your efforts. You willwant to loosen or remove any tight or restrictive clothing.Removal of any jewelry or eye glasses will also assist in yourinitial efforts. Once you have obtained a comfortable position,empty your mind of any exact thinking and let your mind wander.Simply relax and enjoy the feeling of doing and thinking nothing.Just be one with yourself.
You may encounter influences that attempt to interrupt yourrelaxation such as recurring specific thoughts or muscletwitches. Simply push them out of your mind. If you continue toexperience difficulty use a technique called muscle-tensing.Tense the large muscle groups such as the shoulders, back, but-tocks, legs, stomach, groin and arms, one group at a time. Tensethem each tightly as you think "Tighten up!; Tense!" Then relaxeach group of muscles completely while you think "Relax; Let gocompletely!" Next think of your body as something that you arenot attached to. Imagine it as if it were a limp doll laying on acloud.
Your eyes are the next element to deal with. Select a spotabove eye level on the wall or ceiling and concentrate your focuson it. It does not have to be a specific spot. A general spotwill do, but it should be above eye level. Think of your eyes asbecoming tired but do not close them yet. Count backwards fromten to zero slowly and tell yourself that at the count of zeroyou will be able to close your eyes. As you close your eyes thinkthat there is nothing that you care to see with them; that youare turning them inward to experience the inner you.
Breathing plays a vital part in your experience. Place yourhand on your stomach just below your chest. As you breath deeplyusing your tummy, you will feel the rumble of your breath underyour hand. Don't use your chest to breathe. After you establishthe correct deep-diaphragm breathing pattern, relax your hand andreturn it to your side. One third of the air we breathe goesdirectly to the brain. This will also serve to feed the mind andimprove relaxation. When you exhale, your chest and tummy muscleswill relax even more. The heart and internal organs also becomerelaxed, sending messages to the brain reinforcing relaxation.
Now you are ready to relax completely. Stress and tensiongenerally serve to squeeze the minor muscle groups, nerves andblood vessels. As you become more relaxed and relieve yourself oftension, the blood circulates better and sends more oxygen to thebrain. You are now ready to give yourself suggestions that willdeepen your relaxation. Start at the top of the head and workdown the body to the feet. Tell yourself to "let go completely!"Suggest a heavy, limp feeling into each area of the body. You mayeven consider recording and playing it to yourself. Such a mes-sage could be as follows:
"My scalp is relaxing completely. I can feel it reducing the tension on my face and the temples of my head. My eyes are heavy and at rest. All of the little muscles and nerves sur- rounding my eyes are completely relaxed. As I think of my head relaxing, I can feel it happen.
"The muscles of my neck are continuing to completely relax. My chest is relieved of tension and my arms are limp and heavy. I feel a warmth and a heaviness in my back and in my buttocks. It's as if I am melting into the surface which holds me. My hips are heavy and there is a wonderful relaxed sensation running down my legs into my feet.
"Now my entire body feels at rest and completely free of pressure. I feel no tension - just an enhanced feeling of relaxation and well-being."
If you experience any area of your body that does not sur-render to this feeling of relaxation and well-being, turn yourfocus to that region and continue your suggestions. It will nottake long to correct the situation. One method to assist withdifficult areas is to imagine the area being painted with a localanesthetic with each breath you take. Soon you will be completelyand totally relaxed.
Another method commonly used is to focus on a particularpart of the body, such as the hands or a single finger. If youclasp your hands together, feel the sensations associated withyour interlocked fingers. Look at the nails, the cuticles, thejoints of each finger or the lines in each digit. As your focusincreases, the feeling in your fingers will begin to melt away.You will then notice that you can, at will, recall or heightenthe sensation in your fingers.
Continued practice in this focus effort will provide youwith the ability to turn your hands off and on. This can quicklybe transferred to other areas of the body in a natural manner. Aswe concentrate on one area of the body, the rest of the bodynaturally relaxes. Whether it is the former method, this methodor any other variation, you are learning to focus your attentionand the body naturally relaxes and will eventually be devoid offeeling.
You are just about there at this point. The body has beenput to "sleep," and the mind can become your focus. Imagine avery pleasant place from your childhood. If nothing immediatelycomes to mind, invent one. It could be a warm beach with seagulls in the distance providing the music of nature. You are atrest on your back as you watch the puffs of clouds wander acrossthe canvas of the sky. The sun is warm on your body. There is nodecision that has to be made. There is nothing that you care tothink about at this point. You simply want to relax your mind andcreate a passage to your inner self.
At this stage of your induction you will feel a sense ofwell-being and a feeling of togetherness with yourself. You havehypnotized yourself.
DEEPENING THE TRANCE
There are many techniques that can be used to deepen thetrance. With a little practice, you will be able to reach theabove state within as little as five minutes on the average. Somepeople have trained themselves to enter this state withinseconds. At this point your body is "sleeping" and your mind isrelaxed and open to suggestion. Imagine yourself going down along escalator, skiing down a long hill, or walking down a longsloping grass-covered hill. You can select that scenario whichyou are most comfortable with. You can't quite see the bottom,but you continue to go lower and lower.
With each foot you descend, you are falling deeper anddeeper "asleep." Soon you will come to realize that you are halfof the way down. At this point, continue to repeat the words,"Deeper and Deeper - Lower and Lower. More relaxed than I haveever been before." Start counting backward from fifty to zero.With each number you will become deeper "asleep." When you reachthe bottom, you will be more deeply asleep and more relaxed thanyou have ever been before.
NOW WHAT
Once you have reached the desired state of hypnosis, whatwill you do now? The answer is anything that you wish. In theinitial several sessions, I recommend that you simply enjoy thesensation that you have created. Most people enjoy the sensationof deep relaxation. Your body becomes very lethargic and seems tomelt into the surface which holds you. After this, it is impor-tant to determine what improvements you wish to make. Each of ushave characteristics that we are happy with and others that wewould like to change.
Even at this level of hypnosis we can make remarkable ad-vances. We can correct our weight problems, quit smoking, get amore restful sleep, reduce or eliminate pain or correct someother habitual behavior. We can increase our sexual sensations,improve our memory or develop our waking focus in some otherpositive fashion.
As you become advanced, positive and negative hallucinationscan be created. We can create things that are not there or erasethings that are. Each of our five senses can be hallucinated. Wecan give ourselves suggestions which make us actually see some-thing appear in a room. We can refrain from feeling somethingthat we are touching. We can smell a roast beef dinner that isn'tthere. We can increase or decrease the room temperature. Most ofthese hallucinations require a great deal of work initially. Onceit is acquired, it can be called upon at any time.
The reduction or elimination of pain is a useful tool, espe-cially if we encounter some chronic situation in our lives suchas arthritis. Going to the dentist has its draw-backs. We caneasily desensitize our mouth and teeth. Simply remember the sen-sation of novocain that you experienced at one time or another.These sensations are filed away in the computer that we call ourbrain. Every sensation that we have ever had is filed in thiscomputer. Once you develop the ability to turn on your anes-thetic, it can easily be reproduced at the dentist's office.
These are only a few of the things that can be created withthe use of self-hypnosis. Each phenomenon will be very real. Al-though virtually anything can be accomplished, I recommend thatyou begin slowly. Instead of creating an hallucination, try anillusion instead. The difference is, by way of example, turningsomething into something else. Visually, you may care to turn acoat rack into a tree. The first time you experience somethinglike this, it will shock you. This shock factor will strengthenthe foundation you are building for yourself. Soon you will beyour own master. Weight loss, quitting cigarettes, memory reten-tion, improved sexual libido and pain reduction are only a few ofthe things that can be accomplished. Simply remember that youwill get as much out of it as you put in. I'll try to share morewith you in the future. For now - just relax and enjoy!
--ÿ